Home

product verification file annex: instruction manuals

1. w Temperature rise of the body of the motor is determined instead of the temperature rise of the windings Temperature rise of the body of the motor where in contact with insulating material not exceeding values in table 3 for the relevant insulating material 16 Leakage current and electric strength 16 3 Insulation between live parts of the motor and N A its other metal parts not subjected to the test Abnormal operation The tests of 19 7 to 19 9 not carried out TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 59 of 73 Report No E0852108 Appliance operated at rated voltage with each of the following fault conditions short circuit of the terminals of the motor including any capacitor incorporated in the motor circuit short circuit of each diode of the rectifier Open circuit of the supply to the motor Open circuit of any parallel resistor the motor being in operation Only one fault simulated at a time the tests carried out consecutively Construction For class appliances incorporating a motor supplied by a rectifier circuit the d c circuit being insulated from accessible parts of the appliance by double or reinforced insulation Compliance checked by the tests specified for double and reinforced insulation N A ANNEX J NORMATIVE COATED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS Testing of protective coatings of printed circuit boards carried out in accordance with IEC 6066
2. Two similar scratches are made at 900 to the first pair without crossing them IEC 60335 1 A1 The test fingernail of Figure 7 is then applied to the scratched surface with a force of approximately 10 N No further damage such as separation of the material shall occur The insulation shall then withstand the electric strength test of 16 3 IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 26 of 73 Report No E0852108 CONSTRUCTION The hardened steel pin is then applied perpendicularly with a force of 30N 0 5Nto an unscratched part of the surface The insulation shall then withstand the electric strength test of 16 3 with the pin still applied and used as one of the electrodes IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliance marked with the first numeral of the IP system relevant requirements of IEC 60529 are fulfilled Stationary appliance means to provide all pole disconnection from the supply provided the following means being available a supply cord fitted with a plug a switch complying with 24 3 N A N A a statement in the instruction sheet that a disconnection incorporated in the fixed wiring is to be provided N A an appliance inlet Singe pole switches and single pole protective devices for the disconnection of heating elements in single phase permanently connected class appliances connected in the phase conductor Appliance provided with pins no undue strain on socket ou
3. Beim ersten Filtervorgang m ssen die angegebenen Ruhepausen eingehalten werden Es wird empfohlen die Filterzeit mit zunehmender Wassertemperatur in Ihrem Schwimmbecken zu erh hen 5 3 Reinigung des Sandes Bei der automatischen Reinigung des Filters wird der Quarz Sand im Inneren des Filters ges ubert Dieser Vorgang muss regelm ig erfolgen weshalb auf einige Faktoren zu achten ist die anzeigen ob der Sand verschmutzt ist e Verringerrung des R ckflusses obwohl die Pumpe ordnungsgem gef llt ist e Das Manometer Pos 1 der Aufteilung des Monobloc zeigt einen zu hohen Druck an Nadel zwischen dem gelben und roten Bereich oder im roten Bereich Zur Reinigung des Sandes gehen Sie wie folgt vor e Unterbrechen Sie die Stromzufuhr zum Ger t Bewegen Sie das Wechselventil nie solange der Motor eingeschaltet ist e Dr cken Sie stark auf die obere Steuerung des Ventils und l sen Sie die vordere Feder aus ihrer Position wodurch Sie sie um sich selbst drehen k nnen e Drehen Sie die Steuerung vorsichtig bis sich die vordere Feder in einer Linie mit dem Vorgang Reinigung backwash befindet e Verbinden Sie den Schlauch mit den Ma en o 38 mm x 1 5 m ber die Muffe von 1 1 2 mit dem Abwasserausgang waste des Ventils und leiten Sie das andere Ende des Schlauches zu einem Abfluss oder Abwasserkanal Dies gilt f r die Modelle AR140 AR140L und AR140E Bei den Modellen AR135 AR135L und AR140E wird der Schlauch mit den Ma en d
4. 4 Submersible pumps are not subjected to the test IEC 60335 2 41 Tilting test through an angle of 10 appliance placed on an inclined plane horizontal plane appliance does not overturn Tilting test repeated on appliances with heating elements angle of inclination increased to 15 20 STABILITY AND MECHANICAL HAZARDS a Adequate stability N A N A Possible heating test in overturned position temperature rise does not exceed values shown in table 9 N A Moving parts adequately arranged or enclosed as to provide protection against personal injury Adequate mechanical strength and fixing of protective enclosures Self resetting thermal cut outs and overcurrent protective devices not causing a hazard by unexpected reclosure Protective enclosures guards and similar parts are non detachable Not possible to touch dangerous moving parts with test probe 21 MECHANICAL STRENGTH Appliance has adequate mechanical strength and is constructed as to withstand rough handling Compliance is checked by applying blows to the appliance in accordance with test Ehb of IEC 60068 2 75 the spring hammer test IEC 60335 1 A1 The appliance is rigidly supported and three blows having an impact energy of 0 5 J are applied to every point of the enclosure that is likely to be weak IEC 60335 1 A1 For pumps other than shower boost pumps the impact energy is increased to 1 0 J No damage after thr
5. Montaggio Una volta situato il filtro procedere come segue Carico della sabbia AR 135 AR 135E AR 135L e Tappare la bocca del collettore situato all interno del filtro con della plastica protettrice per evitare l ingresso di sabbia fig 5 A e Collocare correttamente il collettore interno nel fondo del filtro fig 6 e Introdurre all interno del filtro solo 40 kg di sabbia fig 5 la sabbia viene fornita in sacchi da 25 kg e La sabbia di silex ha una durata illimitata Va ricollocata solo in caso di perdita Prenda nota del livello di sabbia di silex per ricollocarla eventualmente in futuro per questo conserva la sabbia che avanza dentro il sacco e in un luogo Secco e Eliminare i resti di sabbia dalla bocca del filtro e togliere la plastica protettrice e Ricollochi la valvola selettrice TOP con la sua giuntura e collocare la staffa o la chiusura secondo il disegno e Premere con forza la vite della staffa pos 6 fig 4 che sostiene la valvola al filtro Carico della sabbia AR 140 AR 140E AR 140L e Tappare la bocca del collettore situato all interno del filtro con della plastica protettrice per evitare l ingresso di sabbia fig 5 B e Collocare correttamente il collettore interno nel fondo del filtro fig 6 e Collocare il collettore in maniera tale che il tubo spurghi dal collettore pos B fig 7 coincidendo con il buco disposto sulla parte posteriore della valvola pos A fig 7 Questo tubo B aiuta ad estrarr
6. H SSS gt gt gt SS ui wo to D D a gt 50 and lt 125 0 6 9 8 1 1 2 gt 125 and lt 250 06 1 3 3 2 as 8 4 0 6 8 D D ui oo gt D al gt 125 and lt 250 06 1 3 32 36 40 gt 125 and lt 250 112 26 6 4 80 gt 250 and lt 400 11 0 2 2 8 4 0 5 0 5 6 6 gt 250 and lt 400 2 0 4 0 5 6 80 110 0 11 2 12 6 gt 400 and lt 500 11 3 2 5 3 6 5 0 7 1 8 0 7 1 8 0 gt 400 and lt 500 1 3 25 3 5 0 gt 400 and lt 500 26 5 0 72 100 126 14 2 gt 500 and lt 800 1 8 3 2 4 6 3 4 6 3 9 8 0 6 6 N N lt lt lt gt gt gt gt N DI D gt 6 3 6 3 AE DI o gt 500 and lt 800 3 6 6 4 126 16 0 18 0 gt 800 and lt 1000 2 4 4 0 56 80 100 11 0 gt 800 and lt 1000 2 4 5 1 11 12 5 25 0 gt 800 and lt 1000 4 8 8 0 11 2 160 l2 2 gt 1000 and lt 1250 3 2 71 100 gt 1000 and lt 1250 3 2 12 5 14 0 gt 1000 and lt 1250 6 4 10 0 2 gt 1250 and lt 1600 4 2 gt 1250 and lt 1600 4 2 gt 1250 and lt 1600 184 126 180 250 320 36 0 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B al o 00 o lt D S S gt gt 2 o o oj A O O o o D o 3 H al a gt o o o N D H O n DD ojojo oo ojojo m gt 2 22 gt gt gt gt gt gt x gt
7. Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131855 Fax 34 937 134 111 m lt x a LL a LLJ a x LL ce HA o m et ne lt e gt a HA EI OI H o ot ZERTIFIKAT 4 CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE The Certification Body of TUV SUD Iberia S L certifies that Metalast S A U Paseo Sanllehy 25 E 8213 Poliny and C Andorra parcela 49 11 Pol Ind Pla de Llerona E 08520 Les Franqueses del Vall s Barcelona has established and applies a Quality Management System for Design manufacture and commercialization of equipment and components for swimming pool and aquatic facilities of leisure accessory in stainless steel pumps and filters An audit was performed Report No 520 Proof has been furnished that the requirements according to ISO 9001 2000 are fulfilled The certificate is valid until 04 02 2010 Certificate Registration No 07 100 22725 TMS Barcelona 05 02 2007 AR 135 CE FILE V1 11 out of 13 A U R i C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134111 5 6 Photographs and other documents Picture 1 General view of the device AR 135 CE FILE VI 12 out of 13 A U R C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 5 7 Contact support phone numbers for customers In t
8. e Fa a o aparelho funcionar durante 2 min aproximadamente at que j n o saiam impurezas com a gua o que se pode observar pelo visor transparente na lateral e Pare o aparelho e Coloque a v lvula na posi o de enxaguamento rinse e ligue o filtro durante uns segundos e Pare o aparelho passe posi o desejada de filtragem filter e retire a mangueira da posi o de esvaziamento waste se o desejar 5 4 Esvaziamento da piscina O aparelho permite o esvaziamento quase total da piscina uma vez terminada a temporada de banhos Para isso dever colocar a v lvula selectora superior na posi o de esvaziamento waste sem ligar o filtro ligando a mangueira de 9 38 mm x 1 5 m sa da livre da v lvula selectora para dirigir a gua at ao desaguadouro ou esgoto De acordo com o modelo de skimmer proceda da seguinte forma No modelo AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L com skimmer de parede para Piscinas Dream Pool e Piscinas Jet Pool e Retire a cesta interior do skimmer e tape a aspira o com a tampa fornecida para esse fim 53 e Desligue a mangueira de aspirac o da tomada do skimmer afrouxando a bracadeira que a prende e segurando a mangueira para que nao perca a agua e mergulhe a imediatamente na piscina para que nao acumule ar e Lastre a extremidade da mangueira de aspira o com um objecto pesado que n o possa danificar o liner para for ar a sua imers o at ao fundo da piscina e Ligue a bomba e proc
9. 1400 Wechselventil 1 1 2 Entleerungspfpropfen Stromversorgungskabel Zwinge Schlauch 838 mm x 0 58 m a a a 4 1 8 9 14 15 N Io O 01 OO IN Schlauch 838 mm x 1 5 m lavado de la arena AR135 140 3 8 9 14 15 10 2 Schl uche 838 mm x 4 5 m AR135L 140L 8 9 14 15 13 Klammer AR135E 140E 9 15 14 Mutter 2 1 4 9 15 15 D belverbindung 9 15 16 O Ring AR140 AR140L 11 Flachdichtung TUTTO E 12 Muffe 1 1 2 AR135 140 3 17 Wandskimmer Dream Pool Schwimmbecken Selbsttragender Skimmer Magic Pool AR135E 140E 3 18 Schwimmbecken AR135L 140L 3 19 Wandskimmer Jet Pool Schwimmbecken AR1350 1400 Nicht mitgelieferter Sand und Verbindungsteil zum Schwimmbecken VORRAUSSETZUNGEN F R DIE KORREKTE INSTALLATION Dank der Einfachheit der Installation dieses Ger tes kann diese durch einen Erwachsenen innerhalb von rund zwei Stunden durchgef hrt werden wobei jederzeit mit Vorsicht hantiert werden muss und die detaillierten Anweisungen in dieser Anleitung genau eingehalten werden m ssen Zur korrekten Handhabung der Bestandtteile des Ger tes und seine ordnungsgem e Installation ben tigen Sie folgende Werkzeuge Funktion Werkzeug Alternative Anziehen der Schlauchklammern Schraubendreher Stecker 7 Schraubendreher Philips mm Ausschneiden des Liners Cutter Messer Schutz des Auffangbeh lter Rohres St ck Plastik St ck S
10. Apr s avoir r alis un LAVAGE du filtre mettre l installation en position de FILTRAGE Pendant quelques secondes l eau qui coule dans la piscine est trouble pour viter que cette eau trouble circule dans la piscine vous pouvez positionner la vanne de s lection sur RIN AGE Proc der comme suit Imm diatement apr s le LAVAGE pour la pompe positionner la vanne sur RINGAGE et connecter l quipement pendant 1 minute une fois cette p riode coul e arr ter l quipement et positionner la vanne sur FILTRAGE 5 7 Fermeture On utilise la position ferm e de la vanne de s lection CLOSED pour emp cher la circulation de l eau travers les tuyaux et le filtre 5 8 Remise en circulation Dans cette position la vanne de s lection effectue le passage de l eau provenant de la pompe directement la piscine sans passer par le filtre 6 REMPLACEMENT DU C BLE Si le c ble d alimentation est endommag seuls le fabriquant ou le service technique peuvent le remplacer 7 ENTRETIEN Une fois termin e la saison des bains il faut garder le filtre dans un endroit sec et l abri des intemp ries cet effet et apr s avoir r alis un dernier autolavage afin que le sable de silex soit bien propre d montez les tuyaux et videz toute l eau du filtre en la faisant couler par le bouchon de vidange du r servoir Lorsqu il ne reste plus du tout d eau dans le filtre nettoyer soigneusement
11. e Aperte com forca o parafuso do anel que prende a v lvula ao filtro posic o 6 fig 4 Carregamento da areia AR 140 AR 140E AR 140L e Tape a boca do tubo do colector situado no interior do filtro com um pl stico de protecc o para evitar a entrada de areia fig 5 B e Assente correctamente o colector interior no fundo do filtro fig 6 e Coloque o colector de modo a que o tubo de purga do colector posic o B fig 7 coincida com a abertura da v lvula na parte inferior posig o A fig 7 Este tubo B facilita a extracc o de ar que estiver no colector e Introduza no interior do filtro apenas 85 kg de areia fig 5 B A areia fornecida em sacos de 25 kg 50 e A areia de s lex tem uma durac o ilimitada Apenas deve ser reposta em caso de perda Anote a refer ncia do nivel de areia de silex para futuras reposic es e Elimine os restos de areia da boca do filtro e retire o pl stico de protecc o e Coloque novamente a v lvula selectora TOP com a respectiva junta e coloque o anel ou fecho e Aperte com forca o parafuso do anel que prende a v lvula ao filtro posic o 6 fig 4 Ligac o das mangueiras Nos modelos AR 135 AR 135L AR 135E e Ligue uma extremidade da mangueira de 0 58 m posic o 8 fig 14 ao macho da v lvula selectora marcada com posic o PUMP apertando com uma bracadeira e ligue a outra extremidade ao macho de ligac o da parte superior do motor posic o 15 fig 15 que j vem montado at
12. e Do not operate the equipment unless it is properly primed e NEVER touch the device when it is operating if you are wet or have wet hands e When handling the device or valve DISCONNECT the power supply e Make sure that the ground is dry before touching the electrical equipment e Do not submerge the equipment or put it in a place where it could be submerged e Do not permit children nor adults to sit or lean on the equipment Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the equipment e f the supply flex of the equipment is damaged it should be replaced only by the manufacturer If in doubt contact the technical service of the manufacturer e The pump should be connected to a voltage of 230 V alternating current and 50 Hz power point with connection to the earth protected by a residual current device RCD having a rated residual operating current not exceeding 30 mA e lt is essential that you use a multiple disconnection device with a space of at least 3 mm between surfaces to disconnect the device from the electrical current 1 PACKAGING COMPONENTS The equipment which you have just purchased is a special apparatus conceived and designed specially for above ground swimming pools As a result of its innovative design and high level of functionality it provides you with the different components required to device water filter pump and selector valve in a single unit The main components of this device are
13. water through the transparent viewing window on the side Turn off the equipment Put the valve in the rinse position and connect the device for a few seconds e Stop the equipment put it in the desired filter position filter and remove the hose from the waste position waste if you desire 1 4 Draining the pool The device allows you to drain nearly the entire pool after the bathing season has ended In order to do so you should set the top selector valve on the waste setting without plugging in the filter and connect the 9 38 mm x 1 5 m hose to the valve waste outlet and direct the other end to the drain or sewer Then depending on the skimmer model proceed as follows For model numbers AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L with wall skimmers for Dream Pool y Jet Pool swimming pools e Remove the inner basket from the skimmer and cover the suction inlet with the plug supplied for this purpose 6 e Disconnect the suction hose from the skimmer inlet Loosen the clamp which secures the hose holding it so that no water leaks and submerging it immediately in the pool so that the filter remains primed e Weigh down the end of the suction hose with a heavy object which won t damage the liner so that it is forced to sink to the bottom of the pool e Start up the pump and drain the pool Remember that the device will not fully drain the pool When a few centimetres of water are left and the pump no longer sucks in water shut if off Once t
14. Falls der Filter nicht gef llt ist bedeutet dies dass sich in seinem Inneren eine Luftkammer gebiltdet hat die eine fehlerhafte Zirkulation des Wassers bewirkt wodurch eine eine nicht ordnungsgem e Zirkulation des Wassers verursacht und der Motor besch digt wird Der Filter kann aus veschiedenen Gr nden leer sein e Inbetriebnahme eines neuen Ger tes e Inbetriebnahme eines Ger tes das f r l ngere Zeit nicht verwendet wurde e Nach nicht ordnungsgem er Anwendung eines Absaugungs Bodenreinigers e Luftansaugung ber den Skimmer auf Grund eines zu niedrigen Wasserspiegels im Schwimmbecken e Nicht ordnungsgem e Anwendung des Ger tes des Ansaugdeckesl oder des Skimmerpfropfens Wann ist der Filter leer Folgende Anzeichen deuten darauf hin dass der Filter leer ist 28 e Das Wasser das durch den Filter flie t macht ein fallendes Ger usch Dies zeigt an da sich zwischen dem Wassereintritt und dem Quarz Sand eine Luftblase gebildet hat e Aus der R ckflussd se treten berm ig viele Luftblasen aus e Der Bodenreiniger nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten saugt nicht obwohl der Quarz Sand nach einer Reinigung sauber ist e Das Manometer befindet zeigt die Position O Bar an Wie ist der Filter zu f llen e berpr fen Sie ob der Absaugschlauch mit dem Skimmer verbunden und der Durchfluss ge ffnet ist der Pfropfen ist entfernt e Unterbrechen Sie die Stromzufuhr zum Ger t e Mit dem Ventil in der Stellun
15. IEC 60335 2 41 type Y attachment type Z attachment allowed for pumps having a rated power input not exceeding 100W and for pumps for garden ponds IEC 60335 2 41 Type X attachment other than those with a specially prepared cord not used for flat twin tinsel cords Plugs fitted with only one flexible cord Supply cord not lighter than 60245 IEC 66 for pumps intended for outdoor use having a rated input gt 1000 W and portable pumps having a mass gt 5 Kg IEC 60 335 2 41 60245 IEC 66 for pumps intended for use in swimming pools other than class Ill pumps IEC 60 335 2 41 60227 IEC 57 for fixed pumps having a rated input lt 1000 W and portable pumps for outdoor use having a mass lt 5 Kg IEC 60 335 2 41 60245 IEC 57 for pumps for indoor use except table fountain pumps and aquarium pumps shower boost pumps and class III IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 Temperature rise of external metal parts exceeding 75 K PVC cord not used unless TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 39 of 73 Report No E0852108 appliance so constructed that the supply cord is not likely to touch external metal parts in normal use or the supply cord is appropriate for higher temperatures type Y or type Z attachment Nominal cross sectional area of supply cords according to table 11 rated current A cross sectional area mm The supply cord of submersible pumps other than class IIl pumps
16. Locked rotor capacitors open circuited one at Test repeated with capacitors short circuited one at a time if required Appliances with timer or programmer supplied with rated voltage for each of the tests for a period equal to the maximum period allowed Other appliances supplied with rated voltage for a period as specified Winding temperatures not exceeding values specified in table 8 see appended table Three phase motors operated at rated voltage with one phase disconnected Series motor operated at 1 3 times rated voltage for 1 min During the test parts not being ejected from the appliance N A TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 20 of 73 Report No E0852108 19 11 Electronic circuits compliance checked by N A evaluation of the fault conditions specified in 19 11 2 for all circuits or parts of circuits unless they comply with the conditions specified in 19 11 1 Appliances incorporating a protective electronic circuit are subjected to the tests of 19 11 3 and 19 11 4 IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliances having a switch with an off position obtained by electronic disconnection or a switch that can place the appliance in a stand by mode are subjected to the tests of 19 11 4 IEC 60335 1 A1 During and after each test the following is checked the temperature rise of the windings do not exceed the values specified in table 8 the appliance complies with the conditions specified
17. NORMATIVE SOFTWARE EVALUATION IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Software evaluated in accordance with the following clauses of Annex H of IEC 60730 1 as modified IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Definitions IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 64 of 73 Report No E0852108 Only definitions H 2 16 to H 2 20 applicable N A IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Only footnotes 12 to 18 of Table 7 2 as modified applicable IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 H 11 12 Controls using software IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 All the subclauses of H 11 12 as modified except H 11 12 6 and H 11 12 6 1 applicable IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 H 11 12 7 Delete text IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 For appliances using software class C having a single channel with self test and monitoring structure the manufacturer provides the measures necessary to address the fault errors in safety related segments and data IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 H 11 12 8 Software fault error detection occurs before compliance with 19 13 of IEC 60335 1 is impaired IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Replace text IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 H 7 Information IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Software and safety related hardware under its control initializes and terminates before compliance with 19 13 of IEC 60335 1 is impaired IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 65 of 73 Report No E0852108 Appendix 2 Tables with test results Photos of the appliances Tables 10 1 TABLE Power input de
18. assembly the clearances for rated impulse voltages of 1 500 V and above are increased by 0 5 mm and the impulse voltage test is not applicable IEC 60335 1 A1 The impulse voltage test is not applicable when the microenvironment is pollution degree 3 or for basic insulation of class O appliances and class Ol appliances IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliances are in overvoltage category Il Compliance is checked by inspection and measurements as specified TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 48 of 73 Report No E0852108 Clearances of basic insulation withstand the overvoltages taking into account the rated impulse voltage Clearance at the terminals of tubular sheathed heating elements may be reduced to 1mm if the microenvironment is pollution degree 1 Lacquered conductors of windings are considered to be bare conductors IEC 60335 1 A1 Clearances of supplementary insulation not less than those specified for basic insulation in table 16 Clearances of reinforced insulation not less than those specified for basic insulation in table 16 but using the next higher step for rated impulse voltage 29 1 4 For functional insulation the values of table 16 are applicable unless the appliance complies with clause 19 with the functional insulation short circuited Clearances at crossover points of lacquered conductors not measured Clearance between surfaces of PTC heating elements may be reduced to 1mm Lacquered conducto
19. backwash e Connecter le tuyau de 38 mm x 1 5 m l aide du manchon de 1 12 a la sortie d eau waste de la vanne et diriger l autre extr mit du tuyau vers le trop plein ou vers un gout pour les mod les AR140 AR140L y AR140E pour les mod les AR135 AR135L y AR135E connecter le tuyau de 38mm x 1 5 m directement au refoulement de la vanne de trop plein indiqu e comme WASTE e Mettre le filtre en marche pendant 2 min environ jusqu ce qu il n y ait plus d impuret s dans l eau qui en sort On peut observer le d roulement du proc d par le petit hublot se trouvant sur le c t e Arr ter l appareil e Placer la vanne en position de rin age rinse et connecter le filtre pendant quelques secondes e Arr ter l appareil passer la position voulue de filtrage filter et retirer le tuyau de la position d vacuation de l eau waste le cas ch ant 21 5 4 Vidange de la piscine Le filtre permet de vidanger presque compl tement la piscine une fois la saison des bains termin e Pour cela vous devrez mettre la vanne de s lection sup rieure en position d vacuation waste mais avant de connecter le filtre connecter le tuyau de 38 mm x 1 5 m la sortie d eau waste de la vanne et diriger l autre extr mit du tuyau vers le trop plein ou vers un gout Et selon le mod le de skimmer proc der de la fa on suivante Pour les mod les AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L avec skimmer mural pour
20. gua da piscina em bom estado dever utilizar tamb m os produtos qu micos recomendados pelo fabricante cloro anti algas floculante etc O PRODUTO QU MICO NUNCA DEVE SER COLOCADO NA CESTA OU ATRAV S DO FILTRO JA QUE ISSO DETERIORARIA OS MATERIAIS DO APARELHO E LIMITARIA A SUA EFICACIA 5 1 Purga do filtro imprescind vel que o filtro esteja sempre correctamente purgado N o estar purgado significa que no seu interior se formou uma c mara de ar que provoca a circulac o defeituosa da gua que prejudica o motor O filtro pode acumular ar por v rios motivos e P r em funcionamento um aparelho novo P r em funcionamento um aparelho ap s um longo per odo sem actividade Ap s utilizar incorrectamente um limpador de fundos de aspira o Absor o de ar pelo skimmer devido a um n vel baixo na gua da piscina Por uma incorrecta utiliza o do equipamento da tampa de aspira o ou da tampa de skimmer Quando h uma acumula o de ar no filtro Detectaremos uma acumula o de ar no filtro quando se e Verificar que a gua que entra no filtro emite um ru do de queda livre o que nos indica a forma o de uma c mara de ar entre a entrada da gua e a areia de s lex e Verificar uma sa da excessiva de bolhas de ar pela abertura de retorno e Verificar que o limpador de fundos n o fornecido n o aspira estando a areia de s lex limpa ap s uma lavagem e Verificar que o man metro se encontra na posi o O b
21. leakage of liquid into the motor does not result in a hazard IEC 60 335 2 41 After the specified test the accumulating water shall come in contact with earthed metal before it reaches live parts IEC 60 335 2 41 Shower boost pumps shall be constructed so that they can be permanently connected to the water supply IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 34 of 73 Report No E0852108 Shower boost pumps for wall mounting shall N A be constructed so that they can be securely fixed independently of the connection to the water supply IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 INTERNAL WIRING Wireways smooth and free from sharp edges Wires protected against contact with burrs cooling fins etc Wire holes in metal well rounded or provided with bushings Wiring effectively prevented from coming into contact with moving parts Beads etc on live wires cannot change their position and are not resting on sharp edges or 1 2 corners 3 Open coil springs not used Adequate insulating lining provided inside a coiled spring the turns of which touch one another No damage after 10 000 flexings for conductors flexed during normal use or 100 flexings for conductors flexed during user maintenance Electric strength test 1000 V between live parts and accessible metal parts 23 4 Bare internal wiring sufficiently rigid and fixed 23 5 The insulation of internal wiring withstanding the electrical stress likely
22. logos requisitos particulares para bombas As c mo toda la normativa aplicable que haga refer ncia a la construcci n de instalaciones el ctricas en confines especiales Piscinas y fuentes o an logas vigente en cada zona o pais El equipo se debe conectar a una toma de tensi n de 230 V de corriente alterna y 50 Hz con conexi n a tierra protegida con un interruptor diferencial RCD con una corriente de funcionamiento residual asignada que no exceda de 30 mA No suministrado Puede adquirirse en establecimientos de electricidad e Es imprescindible utilizar un dispositivo de desconexi n m ltiple con una separaci n m nima de 3 mm entre contactos para desconectar el equipo de la alimentaci n el ctrica No suministrado Puede adquirirse en establecimientos de electricidad 12 4 V LVULA SELECTORA SUPERIOR La v lvula selectora superior es la encargada de seleccionar las 6 diferentes funciones del filtro lavado de la arena backwash recirculaci n recirculation enjuague rinse filtraci n filter vaciado waste y cerrado closed Para variar la posici n de la v lvula proceder como sigue e Desconectar el equipo de la toma de corriente e Presionar firmemente el mando superior de la v lvula desencajando el nervio delantero de su alojamiento hasta que nos permita girar sobre s mismo e Girar suavemente el mando hasta alinear el nervio delantero con el alojamiento de la operaci n deseada e Soltar el mando sin
23. ndung von Sandresten und entfernen Sie das Schutzplastik e Setzen Sie das Wechselventil TOP erneut mit seiner Dichtung zusammen und bringen Sie die Schelle an e Ziehen Sie die Klammerschraube die Ventil und Filter verbindet fest an Pos 6 Abb 4 Anschluss der Schl uche Bei den Modellen AR 135 AR 135L AR 135E e Verbinden Sie ein Ende des Schlauches der 0 58 Meter lang ist Pos 8 Abb 14 mit dem D bel des Wechselventils der die Aufschrift PUMP tr gt und fixieren Sie es mit einer Klammer Verbinden Sie das andere Schlauchende mit dem Verbindungsd bel des oberen Motorteils Pos 15 Abb 15 der bereits montiert kommt mit Hilfe einer Klammer e Verbinden Sie ein Ende eines der Schl uche mit 4 5 m L nge Pos 10 Abb 14 mit dem D bel des Wechselventils der die Aufschrift RETURN tr gt mittels einer Klammer Abb 14 verbinden Sie das andere Ende dieses Schlauches mittels einer Klammer mit der R ckflussd se des Schwimmbeckens Abb 3 e Verbinden Sie ein Ende des anderen Schlauches mit 4 5 m L nge mittels einer Klammer mit dem Skimmer Abb 3 ANMERKUNG berpr fen Sie ob die Schl uche ausreichen um das Filterger t auf einer ebenen und stabilen Fl che in mindestens 3 5 Metern Entfernung vom Schwimmbecken anzubringen siehe Abschnitt 2 1 e Verbinden Sie das andere Schlauchende Pos 10 Abb 15 mittels einer Klammer mit dem Absaugungsdeckel Bei den Modellen AR 140 AR 140L AR 140E e Verbinden Sie ein Ende des Sc
24. nkt die Rechte die der Verbraucher aufgrund der herrschenden nationalen Gesetzgebung hat nicht ein 2 SONDERBEDINGUNGEN 2 1 Die vorliegende Garantie gilt f r die Produkte auf die sich dieses Handbuch bezieht 2 2 Das vorliegende Garantiezertifikat ist nur in den L ndern der Europ ischen Gemeinschaft anwendbar 2 3 Diese Garantie gilt nur wenn der K ufer alle Anweisungen des Herstellers die in der produktbegleitenden Dokumentation enthalten und f r die jeweilige Produktlinie und Modell anwendbar ist streng einh lt 2 4 Wenn ein Zeitplan f r den Austausch von Teilen die Instandhaltung und Reinigung bestimmter Teile oder Produktkomponenten aufgestellt wurde gilt die Garantie nur dann wenn dieser Zeitplan korrekt eingehalten wurde 3 EINSCHR NKUNGEN 3 1 Die vorliegende Garantie ist nur auf Verk ufe an Verbraucher anwendbar Verbraucher sind alle Personen die dieses Produkt zu privaten Zwecken erwerben 3 2 Es wird keine Garantie f r die normale Abnutzung durch den Gebrauch des Produktes gew hrt Informationen ber Teile Komponenten und oder verschlei bare Materialien oder Verbrauchsg ter oder Batterien Gl hbirnen etc finden Sie in der Dokumentation die das jeweilige Produkt begleitet 3 3 In folgenden Fallen gilt die Garantie nicht I Das Produkt wurde nicht korrekt benutzt Il das Produkt wurde von nicht autorisierten Personen repariert instandgehalten oder bedient oder Ill das Produkt wurde mit nicht originale
25. sin enchufar el filtro todav a conectar la manguera de 38 mm x 1 5 ma la salida de desag e waste de la v lvula y dirigir el otro extremo de la manguera a un desague o alcantarilla seg n modelo de skimmer proceder como sigue En el modelo AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L con skimmer de pared para Piscinas Dream Pool y Piscinas Jet Pool e Retirar el cesto interior del skimmer y tapar la aspiraci n con el tap n suministrado a tal efecto e Desconectar la manguera de aspiraci n de la toma del skimmer aflojando la abrazadera que la sujeta y sujetando la manguera para que no pierda agua y sumergirla inmediatamente en la piscina para que no se descebe e Lastrar el extremo esta manguera con un objeto pesado que no pueda da ar el liner para forzar su inmersi n hasta el fondo de la piscina e Poner en marcha la bomba y proceder al vaciado de la piscina Recuerde que con la ayuda del filtro no se vaciara totalmente la piscina cuando queden algunos cent metros de agua y la bomba ya no aspire deber apagarla e Una vez puesta en marcha la bomba para vaciar la piscina no interrumpir el proceso hasta el final para que no se descebe e Si va a llenar nuevamente la piscina de agua antes saque manualmente el agua restante sin da ar el liner e Si va a desmontar la piscina puede plegar el liner con el agua restante en el centro e Retirar la chapa en el modelo DREAM POOL o los tubos en el modelo JET POOL e Desplegar el liner para vaciarla completa
26. t e Dr cken Sie fest auf die obere Steuerung des Ventils und l sen Sie die vordere Feder aus ihrer Position bis Sie sie um sich selbst drehen k nnen e Drehen Sie die Steuerung vorsichtig bis sich die vordere Feder in einer Linie mit der Position des gew nschten Vorganges befindet e Lassen Sie die Steuern langsam aus und berpr fen Sie ob die obere Feder richtig in Ihre Position eingerastet ist 5 FUNKTIONSWEISE Die Funktionsweise dieses Ger tes basiert auf der Filterkapazit t des Quarz Sandes der sich in seinem Inneren befindet Das Wasser aus dem Schwimmbecken wird von der Filterpumpe ausgesto en und durch Quarz Sand gedr ckt wobei die Verunreinigungen des Wassers im Sand der wie ein Filterelement arbeitet zur ckgehalten werden Das Umfeld B ume Bl tenstaub Insekten und Badefrequenz sind unter anderem Faktoren von denen die Verunreinigung des Wassers abh ngt Der Quarz Sand muss daher mehr oder weniger oft gereinigt werden sh Abschnitt 5 3 Um das Wasser im Schwimmbecken in gutem Zustand zu halten m ssen au erdem die vom Hersteller empfohlenen chemischen Produkte verwendet werden Chlor Algenschutzmittel Klarmacher Tabletten etc AUF KEINEN FALL D RFEN CHEMISCHE PRODUKTE AUF DEN KORB ODER DURCH DEN FILTER GELEITET WERDEN SIE W RDEN DAS MATERIAL DES GERATES ZERSTOREN UND SEINE FUNKTIONSFAHIGKEIT EINSCHR NKEN 5 1 Bef llung des Filters Der Filter muss unbedingt und zu jeder Zeit ordnungem gef llt sein
27. 11 Product analysis according to EMC directive There s only one active electrical part on the device which is the electrical motor The motor used in this equipment is an induction motor As the induction motors are considered as Inherently benign equipment the equipment is not affected by the EMC directive Chapter 1 article 1 point 3 directive 2004 108 EC In the same way the Gs Certificate for the pump is attached to the present document AR 135 CE FILE V1 8 out of 13 A U R C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 3 Instruction manuals 3 1 User instruction manual The instruction manual is attached as an Annex to the present document The instruction manual also includes the instructions for the function and the installation for other similar models 3 2 Maintenance instruction manual No specific maintenance manual is included in the device The maintenance has to be done by a technical service 3 3 Product parts list The product parts list is listed in the instruction manual 3 4 Spare parts list The spare parts are listed in the instruction manual 4 EC Conformity declaration The EC Conformity declaration is included in the instructions manual 5 Annex 5 1 Parts declarations RoHS EC Attached to the present document it can be found the GS certificate for the pump No other certif
28. 4 Tap n de vaciado AR1350 1400 5 Cable el ctrico de alimentaci n 6 Zuncho 8 Manguera 838 mm x 0 58 m 7 Arena de silex Manguera 938 mm x 1 5 m lavado de la arena AR135 140 2 Mangueras 938 mm x 4 5 m AR135L 140L Abrazaderas AR135E 140E Tuerca 2 1 4 Conexi n espiga 10 9 15 16 Junta t rica AR140E AR1400 8 12 Manguitos 1 1 2 3 3 _AR185 140 3 17 Skimmer de pared piscinas Dream Pool AR135E 140E 3 18 Skimmer autoportante piscinas Magic Pool NECESIDADES PARA UNA CORRECTA INSTALACION Por su facilidad de instalaci n este equipo puede ser montado por una persona adulta y en un periodo de tiempo de alrededor de 2 horas con la precauci n en todo momento de hacer un correcto seguimiento de las instrucciones detalladas en este manual Para una manipulaci n correcta de los componentes del filtro y su correcta instalaci n son necesarias las siguientes herramientas Funci n Herramienta Herramienta alternativa Apretar las bridas de las mangueras Destornillador stecker 7mm Destornillador boca philips Recortar el liner Cutter Cuchilla Protecci n del tubo del colector Trozo de pl stico Trozo de tela 2 ANTES DE CONECTAR EL FILTRO Situaci n Colocar el equipo sobre una superficie plana y s lida a una distancia no inferior a 3 5 metros de la piscina seg n norma de instalaci n de equipos el ctricos en piscinas vigente en cada zona o pa s
29. AND CREEPAGE DISTANCES ANNEX M NORMATIVE POLLUTION DEGREE The information on pollution degrees is extracted from IEC 60664 1 The microenvironment determines the effect of pollution on the insulation taking into account the microenvironment TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 61 of 73 Report No E0852108 Means may be provided to reduce pollution at P the insulation by effective enclosures or similar For evaluating creepage distances the following degrees of pollution in the microenvironment are established pollution degree 1 no pollution or only dry non conductive pollution occurs The pollution has no influence pollution degree 2 only non conductive pollution occurs except that occasionally a temporary conductivity caused by condensation is to be expected pollution degree 3 conductive pollution occurs or dry non conductive pollution occurs that becomes conductive due to condensation that is to be expected pollution degree 4 the pollution generates N A persistent conductivity caused by conductive dust or by rain or snow ANNEX N NORMATIVE PROOF TRACKING TEST The proof tracking test is carried out in accordance with IEC 60112 with the following modifications Test apparatus 7 3 Test solutions Test solution A is used IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Ke N A 10 1 Procedure IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The proof voltage is 100V 175V 400V or 600V IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The la
30. Korb zu entnehmen e F llen Sie den Schlauch e Bewegen Sie das Ende des Schlauches vom INNEREN DES SCHWIMMBECKENS ausgehend zur Schleuse des Skimmers geben Sie dabei darauf acht dass keine Luft eindringt Verbinden Sie den Schlauch mit dem Absaugungsdeckel und halten Sie diesen schr g um die Verbindung zu erleichtern Danach lassen Sie den Schlauch nach und nach horizontal ein Achtung besch digen Sie w hrend dieses Vorgangs nicht die Schleuse des Skimmers e Der Skimmer muss maximalen Wasserstand haben der die Verbindung zwischen Absaugungsdeckel und Schlauch bersteigt um das Eindringen von Luft zu vermeiden e Schalten Sie die Pumpe auf Position Filterung filter ein und beginnen Sie mit der Reinigung des Beckenbodens Bei den Modellen AR 135E AR 135ES AR 135EUK AR 140E AR 140ES AR 140EUK mit selbstragendem Skimmer f r Magic Pool Schwimmbecken e Entfernen Sie den oberen schwimmenden Ring des Skimmers und legen den Zubeh rtei Absaugungsdeckel mit dem Ausgang nach oben auf den oberen Teil des Skimmers ohne de Vorfilterkorb zu entfernen Senken Sie den Skimmer soweit in das Innere des Beckens ab dass der Absaugungsdeckel keine Luftzufuhr hat F llen Sie den Schlauch e Geben Sie darauf acht dass keine Luft in den Schlauch dringt und schlie en Sie ihn an den Absaugungsdeckel an Die Verbindung aus Schlauch und Deckel muss immer unter Wasser bleiben um das Eindringen von Luft zu vermeiden e Schalten Sie das Ger t ei
31. POR SUCCION 5 5 Limpieza del fondo de la piscina Para la limpieza del fondo de la piscina puede aprovechar la bomba del equipo con uno de los accesorios siguientes Limpiafondos Ri n AR 206 Limpiafondos Oval AR 207 tambi n precisar la manguera de 838 mm AR 210 y la p rtiga AR 102 Consulte en su establecimiento o con el Servicio Postventa del fabricante de la piscina para su adquisici n Utilice siempre recambios originales Una longitud de manguera mayor a la necesaria para llegar a todos los puntos de la piscina dificulta su uso Recorte el tramo de manguera que le sobre Vigile que por los terminales de goma no pierda su estanqueidad Cebado de la manguera del limpiafondos Introducir despacio en el interior de la piscina el limpiafondos con la pertiga y la manguera conectada verticalmente dejando que se llene de agua manteniendo el resto de la manguera fuera del agua Vaya introduciendo la manguera en el agua despacio por tramos de 50 cm que deben quedar hundidos a la vez que se llenan completamente de agua hasta el final donde toda la manguera deber quedar llena de agua y hundida Si la manguera no est totalmente cebada el limpiafondos no aspirar y podremos da ar la depuradora haciendola trabajar en vac o En el modelo AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L con skimmer de pared para Piscinas Dream Pool y Piscinas Jet Pool e Poner en el interior del skimmer el accesorio tapa aspiraci n con la toma
32. R Reinforced TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B DREH RE vull ll odo pp Intertek Page 71 of 73 Report No E0852108 TABLE Creepage distances functional insulation Creepage distance mm Pollution degree Working voltage V 4 O mb gt Mi _ o oo Dim o o AJ oliv aA o O1 EA w B OV o olo N q la gt ojo a D o gt all Al HD oO rm o o o o o o o 2 3 Material group Material group 5250 and lt 400 los 16 22 5 0 N A gt 400 and lt 500 1 0 2 8 N A gt 1000 and lt 1250 3 2 5 0 10 0 N A gt 1250 and lt 1600 9 0 12 5 N A gt 1600 and lt 2000 5 6 80 11 0 160 200 N A gt 2000 and lt 2500 7 5 10 0 N A gt 2500 and lt 3200 10 0 12 5 36 N A gt 3200 and lt 4000 12 5 16 0 N A gt 4000 and lt 5000 16 0 20 0 56 N A gt 5000 and lt 6300 20 0 125 0 36 0 500 630 71 0 80 0 N A gt 6300 and lt 8000 25 0 45 0 63 0 80 0 oo N A gt 8000 and lt 10000 32 0 40 0 11 N A gt 10000 and lt 12500 40 0 50 0 140 0 N A o An Alia lia In In ia lia ia fa oa gt S o m ho 30 1 1 TABLE Ball pressure Test temperature C deer all Allowed impression mm diameter mm AR700 lower enclosure AR700 upper pump enclosure TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 72 of 73 Report No E0852108 ANNEX 1 PHOTO Model AR700 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 73 of 73 R
33. a sua disposizione e se acquista un apparecchio uovo che sia di tipo equivalente o che svolga le stesse funzioni di quello da rottamare potr consegnarlo direttamente al distributore senza alcun costo al momento dell acquisto e potr portarlo nel luogo appositamente destinato dai vari enti locali Noi ci faremo carico dei costi di gestione Gli apparecchi sono etichettati con il simbolo di un contenitore della spazzatura sbarrato questo simbolo indica la necessaria raccolta selettiva e differenziata dal resto della spazzatura urbana I nostri prodotti sono progettati e fabbricati con materiali e componenti di elevata qualit che rispettano l ambiente che possono essere riutilizzati e riciclati Pur in questo caso le varie parti che compongono questo prodotto non sono biodegradabili per cui non devono essere abbandonate nell ambiente Per il riciclaggio corretto di questo prodotto stacchi il motore dal resto dell apparecchio di filtrazione Teneinde het afval afkomstig van elektrische en elektronische apparaten en de schadelijke effecten van de diverse onderdelen te verminderen het hergebruik van apparaten en de evaluatie van de effecten van het afval te bevorderen en een gepast beheer en de bescherming van het milieu te bevorderen zijn een aantal regels vastgesteld aangaande de fabricage van dit product alsmede de correcte milieubewuste verwerking van het apparaat wanneer het eenmaal wordt afgevoerd Bovendien is het de bedoeli
34. and the cleansing unit may be damaged if it is forced to operate when it is empty For model numbers AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L with wall skimmers for Dream Pool y Jet Pool swimming pools e Put the suction cover accessory inside the skimmer with the inlet facing upwards without removing the basket e Prime the hose e From INSIDE THE POOL pass the end of the hose through the skimmer hatch making sure that no air enters Connect it to the suction cover inlet and secure it an angle to facilitate the connection Then set it into place in a horizontal position and continue to insert the hose Warning Be careful not to damage the skimmer hatch during this operation e The water level of the skimmer should be at its maximum and above the connection between the cover and the hose so as to make sure air does not enter e Start up the pump in the device position and proceed to clean the bottom of the pool For model numbers AR 135E AR 135ES AR 135EUK AR 140E AR 140ES AR 140EUK with self supporting skimmers for Magic Pool swimming pools e Remove the upper floating ring of the skimmer and without removing the pre filter basket place the suction cover accessory on the upper part ofthe skimmer with the inlet facing upwards Submerge the skimmer deep enough into the pool so as to make sure the suction cover doesn t draw in air e Prime the hose e Making sure that no air enters the hose connect it to the suction cover inlet The con
35. beschadigen VERMIJD DAT DE SLANG ZICH VASTZUIGT OP DE BODEM VAN HET ZWEMBAD INDIEN DE POMP DRAAIT ZONDER DAT HET WATER CIRCULEERT KAN DIT ERNSTIGE SCHADE VEROORZAKEN AAN DE POMP OF AAN HET ZWEMBAD 5 5 De bodem van het zwembad reinigen De bodem van het zwembad kan worden gereinigd met het toestel en met behulp van onderstaande toebehoren Bodemreiniger Ri n AR 206 bodemreiniger Oval AR 207 ook de slang met 938 mm AR 210 en de stok AR 102 Raadpleeg hiervoor uw verkooppunt of de dienst naverkoop van de zwembadfabrikant Gebruik steeds originele wisselstukken Een te lange slang bemoeilijkt het gebruik Snijd de slang af op de gewenste lengte Let erop dat de aansluitingen in rubber niet gaan lekken De slang van de bodemreiniger ontluchten Breng de bodemreiniger voorzichtig verticaal in het zwembad met de stok en slang laat het toestel vollopen met water en hou de rest van de slang uit het water Breng nadien de slang langzaam in het water per stukken van 50 cm dompel deze onmiddellijk onder en laat de slang vollopen met water tot deze volledig is ondergedompeld en met water is gevuld Indien er lucht in de slang is zal de bodemreiniger niet zuigen en kan de filter worden beschadigd Bij het model AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L met wandskimmer voor Dream Pool zwembaden en Jet Pool zwembaden e Plaats de aanzuigdop toebehoren in de skimmer met de aansluiting naar boven zonder de korf te verwijderen e Ontlucht de slan
36. brusquedad comprobando que el nervio delantero queda bien encajado en su alojamiento 5 FUNCIONAMIENTO El funcionamiento de este equipo se basa en la capacidad de filtrado de la arena de s lex que hay en su interior El agua de la piscina es impulsada por la bomba del filtro y forzada a pasar a trav s de la arena de s lex quedando retenidas las impurezas del agua en la arena que act a de elemento filtrante El ambiente rboles polen insectos y frecuencia de ba os son entre otros los factores que determinan la suciedad del agua de la piscina La arena de s lex del filtro se deber limpiar con mayor o menor frecuencia en funci n de dichos factores ver apartado 5 3 Para mantener en buen estado el agua de la piscina debemos adem s utilizar los productos qu micos aconsejados por el fabricante cloro antialgas floculante etc EN NINGUN CASO EL PRODUCTO QUIMICO DEBE PONERSE EN EL CESTO O A TRAVES DEL FILTRO ELLO DETERIORARIA LOS MATERIALES DEL APARATO Y LIMITARIA SU EFICACIA 2 3 Cebado del filtro Es imprescindible que el filtro se encuentre en todo momento correctamente cebado Que el filtro no este cebado significa que en su interior se ha creado una c mara de aire que provoca una circulaci n defectuosa del agua que perjudica el motor El filtro puede descebarse por varios motivos e Puesta en marcha de un equipo nuevo e Puesta en marcha de un equipo tras un periodo largo de falta de utilizaci n e Tras utilizar incorrect
37. caso de n o poder solucionar o seu problema contacte o fabricante da piscina para o n mero de telefone e hor rio indicados nas instruc es PROBLEMA CAUSA SOLUC O Ligag o incorrecta dos terminais com Ponha teflon nos alojamentos as mangueiras introduza os terminais das mangueiras at ao fundo do alojamento e aperte as bracadeiras A v lvula n o est na posic o de Desligue o filtro e coloque a v lvula na O filtro goteja pelos terminais das mangueiras Uma vez ligado o filtro n o h caudal O aparelho est acima do nivel da Coloque o filtro numa posi o correcta na abertura de retorno agua com ar acumulado fe purgue o ___ A tampa de aspira o ou o tamp o do Retire a tampa de aspira o ou a skimmer est o colocados ___ tampa do skimmer _____________ _ 55 PROBLEMA Funcionamento intermitente O aparelho tem pouco caudal Sai gua pela boca do aparelho A v lvula do filtro goteja pelo terminal de esvaziamento WASTE ruido ou vibrac o zumbido Perda de gua CAUSA Nivel da gua no skimmer baixo O filtro acumula ar Devido ao uso o filtro est sujo O filtro acumula ar A zona de uni o entre a v lvula e o O anel est frouxo Junta interior danificada pelo uso incorrecto do produto qu mico V lvula cabecote danificada pelo uso incorrecto aperto excessivo Falta corrente na linha el ctrica Falha no motor A
38. che angebracht werden und zwar in einem Abstand von mindestens 3 5 Meter vom Schwimmbecken e Das Ger t muss an einen 230 V 50 Hz Wechselstromanschlu mit Erdung angeschlossen werden Dieser muss durch ein Differential RCD mit h chstens 30 mA gesichert sein e Es muss unbedingt ein Allpolschalter mit einem Mindestabstand von 3 mm zwischen den Kontakten verwendet werden um den Filter von der Stromversorgung rennen zu k nnen ATTENZIONE e Legga attentamente questo manuale prima di installare l attrezzatura e segua meticolosamente le indicazioni durante l installazione dello stesso e durante il suo uso e Collocare l attrezzatura su una superficie piana e solida a una distanza non inferiore di 3 5 metri dalla piscina e L attrezzatura va collegata ad una presa di tensione da 230 V di corrente alterna e 50 Hz con una connessione a terra protetta con un interruttore differenziali RCD con una corrente di funzionamento residuale assegnata che non ecceda i 30 mA e E imprescindibile utilizzare un dispositivo di disconnessione multipla con una separazione minima di 3 mm tra i contatti per sconnettere il filtro della alimentazione elettrica WAARSCHUWING e Lees deze handleiding alvorens de filter te installeren en volg de instructies zorgvuldig op tijdens de installatie en het gebruik e Plaats het toestel op een vlakke en solide ondergrond op minimaal 3 5 m van het zwembad e Het toestel moet worden aangesloten op een geaard netwerk met een
39. collecteur e N introduire dans le filtre que 85 Kg de sable fig 5 B le sable est vendu en sacs de 25 Kg e La dur e du sable de silex est illimit e Il ne faut en remettre qu en cas de perte Prenez note du niveau qu atteint le sable de silex pour savoir comment le compl ter l avenir e liminer les restes de sable de la bouche du filtre et retirer le plastique de protection e Placer de nouveau la vanne de s lection TOP et le joint correspondant et placer la frette ou la fermeture e Bien serrer la vis de la fermeture qui maintient la vanne sur le filtre pos 6 fig 4 Raccordement des tuyaux Pour les mod les AR 135 AR 135L AR 135E e Connecter une extr mit du tuyau de 0 58 m pos 8 fig 14 au refoulement de la vanne de s lection indiquant position PUMP en serrant avec une bride de fixation et connecter l autre extr mit la connexion de refoulement de la partie sup rieure du moteur pos 15 fig 15 d j mont e au moyen d une bride de fixation e Connecter une extr mit de l un des tuyaux de 4 5 m pos 10 fig 14 au refoulement de la vanne de s lection indiquant la position RETURN gr ce une bride de fixation fig 14 connecter l autre extr mit de ce tuyau la buse de retour de la piscine au moyen d une bride de fixation fig 3 e Connecter une extr mit de l autre tuyau de 4 5 m au skimmer au moyen d une bride de fixation fig 3 NOTE v rifier que les tuyaux permettent d inst
40. de ontluchtingsmoer bij de manometer langzaam open zodat de lucht uit de filter kan ontsnappen Indien er geen manometer is ge nstalleerd plaats dan de klep in de stand WASTE e Draai de moer terug dicht van zodra er enkel nog water naar buiten stroomt na 1 tot 2 minuten e Sluit de filter aan op de stroomtoevoer en controleer of het geluid van het vrij vallend water is verdwenen Is dit niet het geval herhaal dan deze handelingen 44 5 2 Zuiveren WERK NOOIT AAN DE KLEP WANNEER DE MOTOR IN WERKING IS Reinig het zand alvorens te zuiveren hoofdstuk 5 3 Plaats de klep in de stand zuiveren FILTER Gebruik voor een optimale levensduur de filter nooit langer dan 4 uur achtereenvolgens De filterduur wordt bepaald door de verhouding tussen het volume van het zwembadwater in m en het debiet van van de filter m h bij een watertemperatuur van 21 C en op 3 5 m van het zwembad Laat de motor na een werkingsduur van 4 uur minstens 2 uur rusten Volume zwembad in m Debiet filter in m h nodige uren Voorbeeld 42 m 7 63 uren 2 cyclussen van 4 uur met een rustperiode 5 5m h gt van 2 uur Aan het begin van het filterproces dienen de opgegeven rustperiodes te worden nageleefd Het is aanbevolen de filterduur op te drijven bij een hogere temperatuur van het zwembadwater 5 3 Reiniging van het zand Via deze functie wordt het silex zand binnenin de filter gereinigd Reinig het zand van de filter geregeld en let op de
41. desechar este aparato tiene dos posibles sistemas de devoluci n si adquiere uno nuevo que sea de tipo equivalente o realice las mismas funciones que el que desecha podr entregarlo sin coste en el acto de la compra al distribuidor o podr llevarlo al sitio que destinen las diferentes entidades locales Nosotros nos haremos cargo de los costes de gesti n Los aparatos van etiquetados con el s mbolo de un contenedor de basura con ruedas tachado este s mbolo es indicativo de la necesaria recogida selectiva y diferenciada del resto de las basuras urbanas Nuestros productos est n dise ados y fabricados con materiales y componentes de alta calidad respetuosos con el medio ambiente que pueden ser reutilizables y reciclados Aun as las diferentes partes que componen este producto no son biodegradables por lo que no se deben abandonar en el medio ambiente Se debe de reciclar por separado para ello separar el motor el ctrico del resto del equipo de filtraci n Afin de r duire la quantit de d chets d appareils lectriques et lectroniques afin d viter le danger de leurs composants d encourager la r utilisation des appareils ainsi que la valorisation de leurs d chets et de d terminer une gestion appropri e de ceux ci en essayant d am liorer l efficacit de la protection environnementale ont t tablies de nombreuses normes applicables la fabrication du produit et d autres relatives la gestion environnement
42. filter AR 135 REFERENCE Various DATE April 2009 MANUFACTURER METALAST S A U Passeig Sanllehy 25 08213 POLINYA BARCELONA SPAIN This document contains the instruction manuals provided with the product The document contains 69 pages AR 135 INSTRUCTION MANUAL VI A AR135 AR1350 AR140 AR1400 gt SKID PACK Installation and maintenance manual FILTER MONOBLOC Manual de instalaci n y mantenimiento FILTRO MONOBLOC Manuel d installation et d entretien MONOBLOCK FILTER Einbau und betriebsanleitung FILTRO MONOBLOCCO Manuale di installazione e manutenzione MONOBLOC FILTER gebruiksaanwijzingen monobloc filter FILTRO MONOBLOCO Manual de instruc es e manutenc o We reserve to change all of part of the articles or contents of this document without prior notice Nos reservamos el derecho de cambiar total o parcialmente las caracteristicas de nuestros articulos o contenido de este documento sin previo aviso Nous nous r servons le droit de modifier totalement oru en partie les caracteristiques de nos articles ou le contenu de ce document san pre avis Wir behalten uns das recht vor die eigenschaften unserer produkte oder den inhalt diese prospektes teilweise oder wollstanding ohne vorherige benachichtigung su andern Ci riservamo il diritto di cambiare totalemente o parzialmente le caratteristiche tecniche dei nostri prodotti ed il contenuto di questo documento senza nessum preavviso Wij b
43. foci connector can be inserted without difficulty the appliance is not supported by the connector TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 42 of 73 Report No E0852108 is not for cold conditions if temp Rise of external metal parts exceeds 75 K unless the supply cord is not likely to touch such metal parts Interconnection cords comply with the requirements for the supply cord except as specified N A If necessary electric strength test of 16 3 Interconnection cords not detachable without the aid of a tool if compliance with the standard is impaired when they are disconnected 25 25 Dimensions of pins compatible with the dimensions of the relevant socket outlet Dimensions of pins and engagement face in accordance with the relevant plug in IEC 60083 N A TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL CONDUCTORS Appliances provided with terminals or equally effective devices for connection of external conductors However earthing terminals may be accessible if a tool is required to make the connections and means are provided to clamp the wire independently from its connection IEC 60335 1 A1 Terminals only accessible after removal of a non detachable cover 26 2 Appliances with type X attachment and appliances for connection to fixed wiring provided with terminals in which connections are made by means of screws nuts or similar devices unless the connections are soldered Screws and nuts serve on
44. hazard A ANNEX A INFORMATIVE ROUTINE TESTS ANNEX B NORMATIVE APPLIANCES POWERED BY RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES The following modifications to this standard are applicable for appliances powered by batteries that are recharged in the appliance Appliance operated under the following conditions the appliance supplied by its fully charged battery operated as specified in relevant part 2 the battery is charged the battery being initially discharged to such an extent that the appliance cannot operate if possible the appliance is supplied from the supply mains through its battery charger the battery being initially discharged to such an extent that the appliance cannot operate The appliance is operated as specified in relevant part 2 If the appliance incorporates inductive coupling between two parts that are detachable from each other the appliance is supplied from the supply mains with the detachable part removed Part to be removed in order to discard the battery is not considered to be detachable Appliances supplied from the supply mains tested as specified for motor operated appliances TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 53 of 73 Report No E0852108 7 1 Battery compartment for batteries intended to N A be replaced by the user marked with battery voltage and polarity of the terminals The instructions for appliances incorporating batteries intended to be replaced by the user inclu
45. il manometro sia in posizione 0 bar Come spurgare il filtro e Verificare che la manichetta di aspirazione sia collegata allo skimmer e al passo aperto non abbia il tappo e Scollegare l attrezzatura dalla presa di corrente e Con la valvola in posizione di filtraggio filter allentare leggermente il dado di purga che si trova insieme al manometro perch permetta all aria accumulata all interno del filtro di uscire Se non ha collegato il manometro collocare la valvola in posizione WASTE e Quando si osserva che esce solo acqua tra 1 e 2 minuti chiudere nuovamente il dado di purga e Collegare il filtro alla presa della corrente e verificare che abbia smesso di sentirsi il rumore della caduta dell acqua In caso contrario ripetere l operazione 36 5 2 Filtraggio NON MANIPOLARE IN NESSUN CASO LA VALVOLA CON IL MOTORE IN MOTO Prima del filtraggio iniziale realizzare un lavaggio della sabbia apparato 5 3 La valvola dev essere in posizione di filtraggio FILTER La vita utile del filtro si allunga con periodi di funzionamento continuo non superiori a 4 ore Le sue necessita di filtraggio giornaliere sono determinate dal volume in m di acqua della sua piscina in relazione ai m ora di portata del filtro per una temperatura dell acqua di 21 C approssimativamente e collocato a 3 5 m dalla sua piscina Lasci almeno 2 ore di riposo al motore tra ogni periodo di funzionamento di 4 ore Volume piscina in m Portata filtro in
46. in dessen Anleitung angegebenen Zeiten PROBLEM Der Filter tropft an den Enden der Schl uche Nach Inbetriebnahme des Filters tritt kein Wasser aus der R cklaufd se Unregelm iges Arbeiten Der Ger t hat einen geringen Durchfluss Aus der ffnung des Filters tritt Wasser aus Das Ventil des Filters tropft am Ende f r die Abwasserausfluss WASTE Der Motor springt nicht an Weder ist ein Ger usch zu h ren noch ein Vibrieren zu sp ren L SUNG Umwickeln Sie die Muffensitze mit Teflon und f hren Sie die Schlauchenden bis zum Anschlag ein Danach Klammern festziehen Das Ger t ausschalten und das Ventil URSACHE Schlechte Verbindung zwischen Eing ngen und Schl uchen Das Ventil befindet sich nicht in der Das Ger t befindet sich h her als der Wasserstand und hat sich daher entleert Der Absaugungs deckel oder der Pfropfen des Skimmers sind angebracht Den Filter in die richtige Position bringen und f llen Den Ansaugdeckel oder den Pfropfen desSkimmers entfernen Schwimmbecken und Filter f llen Filter f llen Durch die Benutzung ist der Filter veschmutzt Der Filter ist leer Dichtung korrekt auf das Ventil setzen und die Klammer fest anziehen Tauschen Sie den oberen Deckel des Ventils aus Keine chemischen Produkte in den Vorfilterkorb des Skimmers oder den Filter sch tten 2222222222 Die Klammer hat sich gelockert Defekte Innendichtung auf Grund nicht ordnu
47. indicazioni durante l installazione dello stesso e durante il suo uso e Collocare l attrezzatura su una superficie piana e solida a una distanza non inferiore di 3 5 metri dalla piscina e L attrezzatura va collegata ad una presa di tensione da 230 V di corrente alterna e 50 Hz con una connessione a terra protetta con un interruttore differenziali RCD con una corrente di funzionamento residuale assegnata che non ecceda i 30 mA e E imprescindibile utilizzare un dispositivo di disconnessione multipla con una separazione minima di 3 mm tra i contatti per sconnettere il filtro della alimentazione elettrica WAARSCHUWING e Lees deze handleiding alvorens de filter te installeren en volg de instructies zorgvuldig op tijdens de installatie en het gebruik e Plaats het toestel op een vlakke en solide ondergrond op minimaal 3 5 m van het zwembad e Het toestel moet worden aangesloten op een geaard netwerk met een wisselstroomspanning van 230 V en 50 Hz en moet beschermd zijn door een differentieelschakelaar RCD met een residule differentieelstroom van niet meer dan 30 mA e Het is beslist noodzakelijk om een meerpolige schakelaar te gebruiken met een afstand van minstens 3 mm tussen de contacten om de filter los te koppelen van de elektrische voeding ATEN AO e Leia com aten o este manual antes de instalar o filtro e siga rigorosamente as indica es durante a instala o e respectivo uso e Coloque o aparelho sobre uma superf cie plan
48. la piscina P rdida de agua INSTRUCTIONS FILTRE MONOBLOC FRANCAIS Lisez attentivement ce manuel avant d installer le filtre et suivez m ticuleusement les indications pendant son installation et son utilisation Conservez ce manuel en vue de futures consultations sur le fonctionnement de cet appareil e Pour tout ce qui a trait l installation lectrique il faut suivre les normes Directive europ enne 2006 95 CE de mat riels lectriques destin s tre employ s dans certaines limites de tension EN 60335 2 41 s curit des appareils lectrom nagers et analogues r gles particuli res pour les pompes Ainsi que toute norme applicable ayant trait a la construction d installations lectriques aussi bien dans des piscines couvertes que dans des piscines en plein air ou les normes analogues en vigueur dans chaque r gion ou pays e L installation lectrique doit tre r alis e par des professionnels qualifi s en installations lectriques Cet appareil n est pas destin des personnes avec des capacit s physiques sensorielles ou mentales r duites ou inexp riment es sauf si elles ont re u une supervision ou des instructions concernant son utilisation par un responsable de la s curit e La hauteur du sable ne doit pas d passer les 2 3 de la hauteur du r servoir e Veillez ce que l appareil ne soit pas en marche pendant que vous utilisez la piscine e Ne faites pas fonctionner l appareil s i
49. m ora Ore necessarie Esempio 42m _ es ore 2 Cicli di 4 ore con un ciclo intermedio di 2 55m h 7 ore di riposo Nel trattamento iniziale di filtraggio bisogna rispettare i periodi di riposo indicati Si raccomanda aumentare il tempo di filtraggio quanto maggiore sia la temperatura dell acqua della sua piscina 5 3 Lavaggio della sabbia Con il processo di autolavaggio possiamo procedere alla pulizia della sabbia di silex all interno del filtro Questo processo va fatto con regolarit stando attenti ai diversi fattori che determinano se la sabbia sporca o meno e Se si scopre una diminuzione della portata di ritorno una volta verificato che la pompa sia ben spurgata e Se il manometro pos 1 della sezione del monoblocco ci indica una pressione eccessiva ago che indica tra giallo e rosso o sul rosso Per il lavaggio della sabbia dovremo procedere come segue e Scollegare l attrezzatura dalla presa della corrente Non muovere mai la valvola selettrice con il motore in moto e Premere con fermezza il comando superiore della valvola disincastrando la nervatura anteriore dal suo alloggio che ci permette di farlo girare su se stesso e Girare gentilmente il comando fino ad allineare la nervatura anteriore con la posizione dell operazione di lavaggio backwash e Collegare la manichetta di 9 38 mm x 1 5 m tramite il manicotto da 1 2 all uscita dello scarico waste della valvola e dirigere l altra estremit della mani
50. motor contact the After Sales Service provided by the pool manufacturer Water leakage INSTRUCCIONES FILTRO MONOBLOC ESPANOL Lea atentamente este manual antes de instalar el filtro y siga meticulosamente las indicaciones durante la instalacion del mismo y durante su uso Conserve este manual para futuras consultas acerca del funcionamiento de este aparato e En todo lo referente a la instalaci n el ctrica debe seguirse la normativa Directiva Europea 2006 95 CE de aparatos de baja tensi n EN 60335 2 41 seguridad en aparatos electrodom sticos y an logos requisitos particulares para bombas As c mo toda la normativa aplicable que haga refer ncia a la construcci n de instalaciones el ctricas en confines especiales Piscinas y fuentes o an logas vigente en cada zona o pais e La instalaci n el ctrica debe ser hecha por personal profesional cualificado en instalaciones el ctricas Este equipo no esta destinado a personas con capacidades f sicas sensoriales o mentales reducidas o sin experiencia a no ser que hayan tenido supervisi n o instrucciones acerca de su uso por un responsable de seguridad e La altura de la arena no debe sobrepasar los 2 3 de la altura del dep sito e No tenga el aparato en marcha mientras utiliza la piscina e No haga funcionar el aparato sin estar correctamente cebado e No toque NUNCA el filtro en marcha con el cuerpo h medo o las manos h medas e Siempre que deba manipular el
51. of the lamp cap Use of test probe B of IEC 61032 no contact with live parts Use of test probe 13 of IEC 61032 through openings in class 0 appliances and class Il appliances constructions no contact with live parts Test probe 13 also applied through openings in earthed metal enclosures having a non conductive coating no contact with live parts For appliances other than class II use of test probe 41 of IEC 61032 no contact with live parts of visible glowing heating elements Accessible part not considered live if a or separated from live parts by protective impedance If protective impedance d c current not exceeding 2 mA and a c peak value not exceeding 0 7 mA TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B 8 1 2 8 1 3 8 1 4 safety extra low a c voltage peak value not exceeding 42 4 V safety extra low d c voltage not exceeding 42 4 V Page 12 of 73 Report No E0852108 for peak values over 42 4 V up to and including 450 V capacitance not exceeding for peak values over 450 V up to and including 15 kV discharge not exceeding The quantity of electricity in the discharge is measured using a resistor having a nominal non inductive resistance of 2 000 Q N A IEC 60335 1 A1 Live parts protected at least by basic insulation before installation or assembly E built in appliances fixed appliances N A N A appliances delivered in separate units Class Il appliances and
52. protective device are installed with an appropiate device in accordance with the instructions IEC 60 335 2 41 6 1 Protection against electric shock Class 0 OI Il III Submersible pumps for use in swimming pools when persons are in the pool shall be of class III with a rated voltage lt 12V IEC 60 335 2 41 Portable pumps for cleaning and other maintenance of swimming pools shall be of IEC 60 335 2 41 class or class Ill Other pumps shall be class class Il or class III IEC 60 335 2 41 Table fountain pumps for indoor use may also be class Il as long as their rated power input does not exceed 25 W IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 6 2 Submersible pumps shall be at least IP X8 IEC 60 335 2 41 Other submersible pumps for use in water and other conducting liquids shall be of class or class Ill However aquarium pumps may be of class II IEC 60 335 2 41 Portable pumps for cleaning and other maintenance of swimming pools shall be at least IP X7 IEC 60 335 2 41 Class CLASSIFICATION Kal Class N A N A TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 6 of 73 Report No E0852108 Other pumps shall be at least IP X4 IEC 60 335 2 41 Shower boost pumps intended for installation outside of zones 1 and 2 as specified in IEC 60364 7 701 shall be at least IPX2 IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 IPX4 P 50Hz Manufacturer s or responsible vendor s name trademark or identification mar
53. ranges marked with rated input or rated current for each rated voltage or range unless the power input is related to the mean value of the rated voltage range Relation between marking for upper and lower limits of rated power input or rated current and voltage is clear Correct symbols used symbol IEC 60417 5036 DB 2002 10 dangerous voltage IEC 60335 1 A1 Connection diagram fixed to appliances to be connected to more than two supply conductors and appliances for multiple supply Except for type Z attachment terminals for connection to the supply mains indicated as follows marking of terminals exclusively for the neutral conductor N marking of protective earthing terminals symbol 5019 of IEC 60417 marking not placed on removable parts Marking or placing of switches which may cause a hazard Indications of switches on stationary appliances and controls on all appliances by use of figures letters or other visual means symbol IEC 60417 5021 DB 2002 10 equipotentiality IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 8 of 73 Report No E0852108 The figure 0 indicates only OFF position N A unless no confusion with the OFF position The instruction for use of class portable pumps for cleaning and other maintenance of swimming pools shall include the substance of the following IEC 60 335 2 41 the pump must not be used when people are staying in the
54. te stellen Onderhoud van de pomp De filterpomp is in principe onderhoudsvrij Bepaalde vervangbare en aan slijtage onderhevige onderdelen kunnen een kortere levensduur hebben dan de garantieperiode van het toestel Neem voor hulp bij het onderhoud contact op met de fabrikant of met zijn technische dienst 7 2 Problemen verhelpen en technische dienst Dit toestel en de aanwijzingen zijn speciaal ontworpen voor een huishoudelijk gebruik zodat dat de tussenkomst van een vakman enkel noodzakijk is in uitzonderlijke gevallen Hierna geven wij een overzicht van de problemen en de oorzaken die na verloop van tijd kunnen optreden en hoe deze verholpen kunnen worden Indien een probleem niet verholpen kan worden gelieve telefonisch contact op te nemen met de fabrikant van het zwembad tijdens de kantooruren vermeld in deze gebruiksaanwijzing PROBLEEM OORZAAK OPLOSSING Breng teflon aan bij de aansluitingen plaats de uiteindes van de slangen tot achter in de behuizing en draai de klemmen aan De klep staat niet in de stand zuiveren Schakel de filter uit en plaats de klep in De filter lekt bij de aansluiting van de slangen De slangen zijn niet goed aangesloten Na het inschakelen van de filter is er geen doorstroming bij de retourleiding De aanzuigdop of skimmerdop zijn niet geopend Open de aanzuigdop of skimmerdop Laat het zwemabd vollopen en ontlucht de filter Er zit lucht in de filter Ontlucht de filter De filter is vuil do
55. tiver sido reparado ou as suas pecas substitu das por pe as n o originais Quando a falta de conformidade do Produto for consequ ncia de uma instalag o ou coloca o em funcionamento incorrecta a presente garantia s ser v lida se a referida instala o ou coloca o em funcionamento estiver inclu da no contrato de compra venda do Produto e tiver sido realizada pelo vendedor ou sob sua responsabilidade In order to reduce the amount of waste of electric and electronic apparatus to reduce the danger of components to encourage the reuse of apparatus to assess waste and to set up a suitable waste treatment system with the aim of improving the efficiency of environmental protection a set of rules has been established applicable to the manufacture of the product and other rules regarding the correct environmental treatment when these products become waste It is also intended to improve the environmental practices of all agents involved in electrical and electronic goods including manufacturers distributors users and particularly those directly involved in the treatment of waste derived from these apparatus From 13 August 2005 there are two ways of disposing of this apparatus e if you purchase a new equivalent apparatus or which has the same functions as the one you wish to dispose of you can hand it over free of charge to the distributor when making your purchase or e you can take it to local collection points We shall cover wa
56. trademark conformity Pump AR700 Tahizou Xinhongji 230 V 50 Hz 260 IEC 60335 2 41 CB Pump Co Ltd W SH0807051 2 001 Pump AR135 Metalast 230 V 50 Hz 482 IEC 60335 2 41 TUV W 71306627 Cord AR135 Yaoyang Electric 3G1 mm VDE Cable Cord AR700 Shanghai 3G1 mm VDE SR Cable Plug AR135 D03 F 250 V 16 A VDE Plug AR700 MA GT 13A 250 V 16 A VDE An asterisk indicates a mark which assures the agreed level of surveillance 28 1 TABLE Threaded part torque test Threaded part identification Diameter of thread Column number Applied torque Nm mm I II or III Screws 3 8 Il 1 2 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 68 of 73 Report No E0852108 TABLE Clearances Overvoltage category EEE Type of insulation Rated impulse Min cl Basic Functional Supplementary Reinforced Verdict Remark voltage V mm 330 0 5 N A 500 0 5 N A 800 0 5 N A 1500 0 5 N A 2 500 1 5 4 000 3 E 6 000 5 5 N A 10 000 1 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 69 of 73 Report No E0852108 Creepage distance mm Pollution degree Working voltage V 2 3 Type of insulation Material group Material group Illa ilib Illa ilib s R Verdict gt 50 04 1 2 30 134 gt 50 and lt 125 0 3 1 5 1 2 1 1 2 2 8 1 A gt 50 and lt 125 0 3 e E 4 5 3 3 gt 50 0 2 gt 50 2 ND o _ N H o N
57. when the Product I has been handled incorrectly Il has been repaired serviced or handled by non authorised people or III has been repaired or serviced not using original parts In cases where the defect of the Product is a result of incorrect installation or start up this guarantee will only apply when said installation or start up is included in the sales contract of the Product and has been conducted by the seller or under his responsibility CERTIFICADO DE GARANTIA 1 ASPECTOS GENERALES 1 1 De acuerdo con estas disposiciones el vendedor garantiza que el producto GRE correspondiente a esta garantia el Producto no presenta ninguna falta de conformidad en el momento de su entrega 1 2 El Periodo de Garant a para el Producto es de dos 2 a os y se calcular desde el momento de su entrega al comprador 1 3 Si se produjera una falta de conformidad del Producto y el comprador lo notificase al vendedor durante el Periodo de Garant a el vendedor deber reparar o sustituir el Producto a su propio coste en el lugar donde considere oportuno salvo que ello sea imposible o desproporcionado 1 4 Cuando no se pueda reparar o sustituir el Producto el comprador podr solicitar una reducci n proporcional del precio o si la falta de conformidad es suficientemente importante la resoluci n del contrato de venta 1 5 Las partes sustituidas o reparadas en virtud de esta garant a no ampliar n el plazo de la garant a del Producto origin
58. wisselstroomspanning van 230 V en 50 Hz en moet beschermd zijn door een differentieelschakelaar RCD met een residule differentieelstroom van niet meer dan 30 mA e Het is beslist noodzakelijk om een meerpolige schakelaar te gebruiken met een afstand van minstens 3 mm tussen de contacten om de filter los te koppelen van de elektrische voeding ATEN AO e Leia com aten o este manual antes de instalar o filtro e siga rigorosamente as indica es durante a instala o e respectivo uso e Coloque o aparelho sobre uma superf cie plana e s lida a uma distancia n o inferior a 3 5 metros da piscina e O aparelho deve ser ligado a uma tomada de 230 V de corrente alterna e 50 Hz com liga o terra protegida com um interruptor diferencial RCD com uma corrente de funcionamento residual que n o exceda os 30 mA imprescindivel utilizar um dispositivo de desconex o m ltiplo com uma separag o m nima de 3 mm entre contactos para desligar o filtro da alimentag o el ctrica 19460R0010 04 Manufacturas GRE S A Aritz Bidea n 57 Barrio Trobika Apartado 69 E 48100 Mungia Spain AR 1350 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS CARACTERISTICAS TECNICAS CARACTERISTIQUES TECHNIQUES H 760 mm M 700 mm Filter diameter Di metro filtro Diametre filtre 380 mm Flow Caudal Debit 6 m3 h Filtering speed Velocidad de filtraci n Vitesse de I 2 filtrage 48 5 m m h Sand Arena Sable 40 Kg
59. y al mismo nivel del fondo de la piscina para evitar que entre aire en el circuito de depuraci n y el filtro se descebe Fig 2 Es conveniente resguardar el equipo del sol y la lluvia y mantenerlo con una ventilaci n suficiente durante su funcionamiento Nunca tapar el equipo durante su funcionamiento En los equipos en los que se proporcionan las mangueras de conexi n con la piscina stas tienen una longitud de 4 5 metros Comprobar en todos los casos que dicha longitud sea suficiente para la colocaci n del equipo en una superficie plana y s lida y situado a m s de 3 5 metros de la piscina En el caso que la longitud de las mangueras no fuera suficiente contacte con su servicio t cnico En el caso que no se proporcionen las mangueras con el equipo se deber n usar unas mangueras de longitud m nima de 4 5 metros que permitan la situaci n del equipo de filtrado en una superficie plana y s lida y a m s de 3 5 metros de la piscina Dicho juego de mangueras existe c mo kit opcional en su vendedor Durante el proceso de instalaci n en caso de duda contacte con el vendedor del equipo o con un servicio t cnico autorizado Montaje Una vez situado el filtro proceder como sigue Carga de la arena AR 135 AR 135E AR 135L e Tapar la boca del colector situado en el interior del filtro con un pl stico protector para evitar la entrada de arena Fig 5 A e Asentar correctamente el colector interior en el fondo del filtro Fig 6 e I
60. zou mededelen aan de verkoper gedurende de geldige Garantieperiode dan zal de verkoper het Produkt repareren of laten repareren op zijn eigen kosten alwaar de verkoper dit geschikt zou achten behalve in het geval dat dit onmogelijk of buitensporig zou zijn 1 4 Indien het Produkt niet gerepareerd of vervangen kan worden dan kan de koper na verhouding prijsreduktie aanvragen of indien het defekt belangrijk genoeg is de ontbinding van het verkoopcontract aanvragen 1 5 Die delen van het Produkt die onder deze Garantie vervangen of gerepareerd zijn kunnen de duur van de Garantieperiode voor het oorspronkelijke Produkt niet verlengen maar zullen beschikken over een eigen garantie 1 6 Voor de toepassing van deze garantie moet de koper de aankoopdatum en de levering van het Produkt kunnen aantonen 1 7 Indien er meer dan zes maanden verlopen zijn sinds de levering van het Produkt aan de koper en deze plotseling aangeeft dat het Produkt niet aan de eisen voldoet dan zal de koper de oorsprong en het bestaan van de volgens hem bestaande defekten moeten kunnen aantonen 1 8 Dit Garantiecertifikaat beperkt of veroordeelt niet bij voorbaat de rechten die de gebruikers hebben en die gebaseerd zijn op nationale normen 2 BIJZONDERE VOORWAARDEN 2 1 Deze garantie dekt de produkten waarnaar deze handleiding verwijst 2 2 Het huidige Garantiecertifikaat is slechts van toepassing in landen van de Europese Unie 2 3 Voor de toepassing van deze garantie en in ge
61. 0335 1 A1 No risk of corrosion resulting from contact between metal of earthing terminal and other metal Adequate resistance to corrosion of coated or uncoated parts providing earthing continuity other than parts of a metal frame or enclosure Parts of steel providing earthing continuity provided at the essential areas with an electroplated coating thickness at least 5 um Adequate protection against rusting of parts of coated or uncoated steel only intended to provide or transmit contact pressure In case of aluminium alloys precautions taken to avoid risk of corrosion Low resistance of connection between earthing terminal and earthed metal parts This requirement does not apply to connections providing earthing continuity in the protective extra low voltage circuit provided that clearances of basic insulation are based on the rated voltage of the appliance Resistance not exceeding 0 1 Q at the specified low resistance test The printed conductors of printed circuit boards not used to provide earthing continuity in hand held appliances They may be used in other appliances if at least two tracks are used with independent soldering points and the appliance complies with requirements of 27 5 for each circuit the material of the printed circuit board complies with IEC 60249 2 4 or IEC 60249 2 5 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 46 of 73 Report No E0852108 Fixings electrical con
62. 1 P2 0 30 Kw 50 Hz IP 55 CLASE F Realizado T med MAX 35 C Aprobado Manufacturas GRE S A Aritz Bidea n 57 Barrio Trobika Apartado 69 E 48100 Mungia Spain AR 135 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS CARACTERISTICAS TECNICAS CARACTERISTIQUES TECHNIQUES H 760 mm M 700 mm Filter diameter Di metro filtro Diametre filtre 380 mm Flow Caudal Debit 5 5 m3 h Filtering speed Velocidad de filtraci n Vitesse de 4 2 filtrage 48 5 m m h Sand Arena Sable 40 Kg Granule Granulometria Granulom trie 0 4 0 8 mm 482 W 230V 50Hz IP X4 Ins Class 155 S1 TmediaMax 352C WARNING e Read this manual thoroughly before installing the filter and carefully follow the instructions during installation and use e Place the filter on a flat solid surface at a minimum distance of 3 5 metres from the pool e The appliance should be connected to a voltage of 230 V alternating current and 50 Hz power point with earth connection protected by a residual current device RCD having a rated residual operating current not exceeding 30 mA e Itis essential that you use a multiple disconnection device with a space of at least 3 mm between surfaces to disconnect the filter from the electrical current ATENCION e Lea atentamente este manual antes de instalar el equipo y siga meticulosamente las indicaciones durante la instalacion del mismo y durante su uso e
63. 11 fig 8 inside the return connection RETURN of the selector valve and fully tighten the sleeve pos 12 fig 8 Connect an end of one of the 4 5 m hoses pos 10 fig 8 to this sleeve using a clamp pos 13 fig 8 connect the other end of the hose to the return nozzle in the swimming pool using a clamp fig 3 Connect one end of the other 4 5 m hose to the skimmer using a clamp fig 3 to connect the other end put an ring pos 16 fig 9 at the inlet of the pump insert the pin connection pos 15 fig 9 through the nut pos 14 fig 9 and fully tighten it to the connection NOTE Check that the hoses allow the filtering equipment to be located and fixed on a flat solid surface that is more than 3 5 metres from the pool see section 2 1 Connect the end of the 4 5 m hose pos 10 fig 9 which goes from the skimmer to this connection using a clamp Assembling the pressure gauge WITHOUT PRESSURE GAUGE 3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION All electrical installations should comply with the following standard European Directive 2006 95 CE of low voltage equipment EN 60335 2 41 safety with electrical equipment or similar particular requirements for pumps As such with all rules pertaining to to the construction of electrical installations with specific confines swimming pools and fountains or the equivalent standard in force in each region or country The equipment sho
64. 4 3 with the following modifications Climatic sequence When production samples are used three samples of the printed circuit board are tested The test is carried out at 25 C Rapid change of temperature 6 8 6 Severity 1 is specified Partial discharge extinction voltage Type A coatings not subjected to a partial N A discharge test Additional tests TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 60 of 73 Report No E0852108 This subclause is not applicable N A K ANNEX K NORMATIVE OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORIES The information on overvoltage categories is extracted from IEC 60664 1 Overvoltage category is a numeral defining a transient overvoltage condition Equipment of overvoltage category IV is for use at the origin of the installation Equipment of overvoltage category Ill is equipment in fixed installations and for cases where the reliability and the availability of the equipment is subject to special requirements Equipment of overvoltage category Il is energy consuming equipment to be supplied from the fixed installation If such equipment is subjected to special requirements with regard to reliability and availability overvoltage category Ill applies Equipment of overvoltage category is equipment for connection to circuits in which measures are taken to limit transient overvoltages to an appropriate low level ANNEX L INFORMATIVE GUIDANCE FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF CLEARANCES
65. 40 kg Sand ein Abb 5 A der Sand wird in S cken 25 kg geliefert e Der Quarz Sand hat uneingeschr nkte Haltbarkeit Lediglich bei einem Schwund muss nachgef llt werden Merken Sie sich die Sandh he f r zuk nftige Auff llungen Bewahren Sie den berfl ssigen Sand im Sack und an einem trockenen Ort auf e S ubern Sie die Filterm ndung von Sandresten und entfernen Sie das Schutzplastik e Setzen Sie das Wechselventil TOP mit seiner Dichtung zusammen und bringen Sie die Schelle an Schlie en Sie entsprechend den Abbildungen e Ziehen Sie die Klammerschraube die Ventil und Filter verbindet fest an Pos 6 Abb 4 26 Einf llen des Sandes AR 140 AR 140E AR 140L e Decken Sie die M ndung des Auffangs im Inneren des Filters mit einem St ck Schutzplastik ab um das Eindringen von Sand zu vermeiden Abb 5 B e Bringen Sie den inneren Auffangbeh lter ordnungsgem am Filterboden an Abb 6 e Bringen Sie den Auffangbeh lter so an dass das Abflussrohr des Beh lters Pos B Abb 7 mit dem Loch im unteren Teil des Ventils hat zusammentrifft Pos A Abb 7 Dieses Rohr B hilft die Luft aus dem Auffangbeh lter auszulassen e F llen Sie in das Innere des Filters erst 85 kg Sand Abb 5 B der Sand wird in S cken 25 kg geliefert e Der Quarz Sand hat uneingeschr nkte Haltbarkeit Lediglich bei einem Schwund muss nachgef llt werden Merken Sie sich die Sandh he f r zuk nftige Auff llungen e S ubern Sie die Filterm
66. 6 3 and clause 29 are met TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 54 of 73 Report No E0852108 Appliances having pins for insertion into socket outlets tested as fully assembled as possible An additional lining or bushing not required for interconnection cords operating at safety extra low voltage For parts of the appliance connected to the supply mains during the charging period 30 2 3 applies ANNEX C NORMATIVE AGEING TEST ON MOTORS Tests as described carried out when doubt with regard to the temperature classification of the insulation of a motor winding ANNEX D NORMATIVE THERMAL MOTOR PROTECTORS ANNEX E NORMATIVE NEEDLE FLAME TEST Needle flame test carried out in accordance with IEC 60695 2 2 with the following modifications Severities N A The duration of application of the test flame is The specimen so arranged that the flame can be applied to a vertical or horizontal edge as shown in the examples of figure 1 The first paragraph does not apply If possible the flame is applied at least 10 mm from a corner The test is carried out on one specimen TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 55 of 73 Report No E0852108 If the specimen does not withstand the test the N A test may be repeated on two further specimens both withstanding the test Evaluation of test results The duration of burning not exceeding 30 s However for printed circuit boards the dur
67. 602G Sand purgue junta plana Joint du Entl ftungsdeckel Tappo di spurgo Reinigingsplug Tap o purga sand pugue seal Junia pan couvecercle de Dichtung O ring spurgp Pakking Junta tamp o purga V posterior 2004 purge 19460R0002G Filter body 2380 Cuerpo filtro 2380 Filtre 2380 Filterk rper 0380 Corpo filtro 2380 Filterhuis 2380 Filtro 9380 Collector head cabezal colector Collecteur filtre Filterkopf Collettore filtro Collector filter Colector filtro 720R1750057 O ring cover Junta tapa an O Ring des Deckels O ring copertura O ring deksel O ring tampa 241821003G Filter ring Zuncho Collier de fixation Filterspannring Ghiera filtro Spanring filter Bracadeira filtro 34539G 1 1 2 Valvula top Vanne top 1 1 2 Valvola top Ventiel top Valvula top Top valve 1 1 2 1 1 2 Ventil top 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 DI Verbindungs Manicotto di d Lena 09089R0002 Connection hose Manguera conexi n Tuyau de connexion schlauch collegamento Aansluitslang Mangueira ligac o Verbindungsschaub E i Ecrou Couvercle Vite Coperchio Vite Coperchio Porca Tampa pr he sa A a pr filtre Bacap See prefiltro Bacap prefiltro Bacap filtro Bacap 25470G2000 an 118x4MM sen t rica i Joint torique GER sit Dichtungsring Dichtungsring Dichtungsring Ban basket Gg 118x4mm Panier 118x E 118x4mm Cesto 118x4mm Cesto 118x4mm Cesto Bacap Vorfilterkoro Bacap Bacap Bacap Bacap Tuerca manguito crou racordsuni
68. 8 12 Encaixes 1 1 2 AR135 140 3 Skimmer de parede piscinas Dream Pool AR135E 140E 3 Skimmer autoportante piscinas Magic Pool AR135L 140L 3 Skimmer de parede piscinas Jet Pool AR1350 1400 Areia e componentes de liga o piscina n o fornecidos PARA INSTALAR O APARELHO CORRECTAMENTE Devido facilidade de instala o este aparelho pode ser montado por uma pessoa adulta durante aproximadamente 2 horas com a devida precauc o de seguir rigorosamente as instruc es descritas neste manual Para a manipula o correcta dos componentes do filtro e a sua correcta instala o s o necess rias as seguintes ferramentas Func o Ferramenta Ferramenta alternativa Apertar os flanges das mangueiras Chave de parafuso stecker 7mm Chave de parafuso philips Recortar o liner X acto L mina Protecc o do tubo do colector Pedaco de pl stico Pedaco de tecido 2 ANTES DE LIGAR O FILTRO Instalac o Coloque o aparelho sobre uma superficie plana e s lida a uma dist ncia n o inferior a 3 5 metros da piscina segundo a norma de instalag o de aparelhos el ctricos em piscinas vigente em cada regi o ou pa s e no mesmo nivel do fundo da piscina para evitar que entre ar no circuito de depurac o e se forme uma c mara de ar no filtro fig 2 E conveniente proteger o filtro do sol e da chuva e mant lo com uma ventilac o suficiente durante o seu funcionamento Nunca cubra o aparelho durante o seu funcionamen
69. 9 o PP RD RR ERR RD RR 9 5 1 Parts declarations ROHS EC ii 9 3 2 Parts o Sm Den ere 9 5 3 Electrical installation scheme iui ba tnt us 9 5 4 Other tests Calculations sde dede 10 AR 135 CE FILE V1 2 out of 13 A U R i C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 5 5 Quality system to assure the production conformity i 10 5 6 Photographs and other documents samen te 12 5 7 Contact support phone numbers for customers nennen 13 6 Changes to the previous versions of the files onno eeenneerennereennenn 13 bile Version 1 April 2009 een cannes 13 AR 135 CE FILE V1 3 out of 13 A U R C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 1 General data 1 1 Manufacturer MANUFACTURER DATA NAME METALAST S A U IDENTIFICATION NUMBER A08246274 ADDRESS Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny PHONE NUMBER 34 93 713 18 55 1 2 Product identification PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS BRAND GRE MODEL AR135 AR135L AR135E and AR 1350 REFERENCE PRODUCTION START DATE The identification labels for each model are attached to the present document As all the AR135 models and the 1350 have the same filtration unit the label used is the same even if the pr
70. A U R C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 PRODUCT VERIFICATION CE FILE PRODUCT Monoblock filters AR135 and variations REFERENCE Various DATE April 2009 MANUFACTURER METALAST S A U Passeig Sanllehy 25 08213 POLINYA BARCELONA SPAIN AR 135 CE FILE VI 1 out of 13 A U R i C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 CONTENT INDEX SSSR o o ae Ten ere eet ee eee ee 4 ROSEE eeste eeeh RE 4 1 2 Pro o a AMA A OT SUS 4 ISF Product esto PON lla 4 L Product AC ala 5 1 5 Product active elements une ereteken 6 Los Accessories iaia 6 2 Technical specifications and solution description nme 6 2 1 Prod t f ncton Im tunen ee 6 2 27 Risk iden HOMO asia na 6 A eege 6 2 4 Risk reduction actions done un aa ee 7 2 5 Protection against ASKS na ea 7 2 0 Information and wamines uuueaen ee 7 2 1 Information and warnings labels een ann 7 2 85 Additional protective actions ae 8 2 9 Harmonized standards to be applied 8 2 10 Product analysis according to low tension directive 8 2 11 Product analysis according to EMC directive 8 Sae Instruction E 9 3 1 User instruction manual usa ea ande 9 3 2 Maintenance instruction manual 9 Sd Product parts birreria 9 Do Spare parts ai ead sine 9 E EC Conformity EEN u a
71. Amorcer le tuyau e Passer depuis L INT RIEUR DE LA PISCINE l extr mit du tuyau par le clapet du skimmer en faisant bien attention ne pas laisser passer d air le connecter la prise du bouchon d aspiration en le maintenant en position oblique pour faciliter la jonction Puis positionner le tuyau horizontalement en l introduisant davantage Attention ne pas endommager le clapet du skimmer au cours de cette op ration e Le niveau de l eau du skimmer doit tre au maximum et au dessus de la jonction entre le bouchon et le tuyau pour emp cher toute entr e d air e Mettre en marche la pompe en position de filtrage filter et proc der au nettoyage du fond de la piscine Pour les mod les AR 135E AR 135ES AR 135EUK AR 140E AR 140ES AR 140EUK avec skimmer autoportant pour Piscines Magic Pool e Enlever la bague sup rieure flottante du skimmer et sans retirer le panier de pr filtrage mettre sur la partie sup rieure du skimmer l accessoire couvercle d aspiration avec la prise vers le haut et plonger le skimmer dans la piscine suffisamment afin que le bouchon d aspiration ne prenne pas d air e Amorcer le tuyau e En faisant bien attention que de l air n entre pas dans le tuyau le connecter la prise du bouchon d aspiration La jonction du tuyau et du bouchon doit toujours tre immerg e afin d viter toute entr e d air e Mettre l quipement en marche et proc der au nettoyage du fond de la piscine 5 6 Rin age
72. Colocar el equipo sobre una superficie plana y s lida a una distancia no inferior a 3 5 metros de la piscina e El equipo se debe conectar a una toma de tensi n de 230 V de corriente alterna y 50 Hz con conexi n a tierra protegida con un interruptor diferencial RCD con una corriente de funcionamiento residual asignada que no exceda de 30 mA Es imprescindible utilizar un dispositivo de desconexi n m ltiple con una separaci n m nima de 3 mm entre contactos para desconectar el filtro de la alimentaci n el ctrica ATTENTION e Lisez attentivement ce manuel avant d installer le filtre et suivez m ticuleusement les indications pendant son installation et son utilisation e Placer le filtre sur une surface plane et solide une distance minimum de 3 5 m tres de la piscine e L appareil doit tre branch sur une prise de courant de 230 V alternatif et de 50 Hz avec prise de terre prot g par un interrupteur diff rentiel RCD avec un courant de fonctionnement r siduel assign qui n exc de pas 30mA Il est indispensable d utiliser un dispositif de sectionnement lectrique multiple avec une s paration minimum de 3mm entre les contacts afin de d connecter le filtre de l alimentation lectrique ACHTUNG e Lesen Sie diese Anleitung genau durch bevor Sie mit der Installation beginnen und folgen Sie sowohl w hrend der Montage als auch w hrend der Benutzung genau den Anweisungen e Der Filter muss auf einer ebenen und stabilen Unterfl
73. E FILTRE Emplacement Placer le filtre sur une surface plane et solide une distance minimum de 3 5 m tres de la piscine selon la norme relative la construction des installations lectriques dans les piscines en vigueur dans chaque r gion ou pays et au m me niveau que le fond de la piscine afin d viter que l air ne p n tre dans le circuit d puration et que le filtre ne se d samorce fig 2 Il est recommand de prot ger le filtre du soleil et de la pluie et de veiller sa bonne ventilation lors du fonctionnement de l appareil Ne jamais le recouvrir pendant le fonctionnement Les tuyaux de raccordement fournis avec certains quipements mesurent 4 5 m tres V rifier n anmoins que cette longueur soit suffisante pour installer l quipement plus de 3 5 m tres de la piscine sur une superficie plane et solide Dans le cas o la longueur des tuyaux serait insuffisante veuillez contacter votre service technique Dans le cas o les tuyaux ne seraient pas fournis avec l quipement utiliser des tuyaux d une longueur minimum de 4 5 m tres qui permettront d installer l quipement plus de 3 5 m tres de la piscine sur une superficie plane et solide Ce jeu de tuyaux est en vente chez votre revendeur en kit optionnel Pendant le proc d d installation contactez le revendeur du mat riel ou le service technique autoris en cas de doute Montage Une fois le filtre mis en place proc der comme suit Chargement du s
74. ED POWER SE FILTER FLOW RATE a SAND WEIGHT ni 482 W 380 mm 3 Son 48 5 m m h 40 Kg PUMP USED MODEL PUMP USED PUMP MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATIONS SUBMITTED All listed 7 a Metalast S A U GS certificate ZIA 07 02 42435 010 The silica sand to be used should have an approximate grain size of 0 4 to 0 8 mm With the recommended sand weight the filter has to be filled at about 2 3 of its height The AR1350 model has the same filter and pumping system than the AR135 but does not include some of the accessories such as the skimmers or the silica sand 1 4 Product function The product has been designed to filter the water of a swimming pool by passing it through silica sand It can also be used for pool bottom vacuum cleaners according to the instruction manual Another use described in the instruction manual is to drain the pool at the end of the season The filter cannot be used for more than 4 hours without stopping for at least 2 hours AR 135 CE FILE VI 5 out of 13 A U R i C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 1 5 Product active elements The active electrical elements of the device are only the electrical motor of the pump However the whole assembly should be taken into account when the EN60335 2 41 standard is applied 1 6 Accessories The parts and accessories provided with the product are descri
75. ET CHEMISCHE PRODUCT MAG IN GEEN GEVAL IN DE KORF OF VIA DE FILTER WORDEN TOEGEVOEGD DIT TAST HET MATERIAAL VAN HET TOESTEL AAN EN VERMINDERT DE EFFICIENTIE 5 1 De filter ontluchten Het is belangrijk dat de filter steeds op correcte wijze is ontlucht Een niet ontluchte filter heeft binnenin een luchtkamer die een slechte circulatie van het water tot gevolg heeft waardoor het water niet correct wordt gezuiverd en de motor wordt beschadigd Er kan om verschillende redenen lucht in de filter zitten e inbedrijfstelling van een nieuw toestel e inbedrijfstelling van een toestel dat gedurende een langere periode niet werd gebruikt e na een verkeerd gebruik van een bodemzuiger e luchtabsorptie door de skimmer als gevolg van een laag waterpeil in het zwembad e door een verkeerd gebruik van het toestel de zuigdop of skimmerdop Wanneer zit er lucht in de filter Er zit lucht in de filter wanneer e we het water in de filter horen vallen wat erop wijst dat er een luchtkamer werd gevormd tussen de wateraanvoer en het zand e er lucht ontnapt via luchtbelletjes aan het mondstuk van de retourleiding e de bodemreiniger niet bijgeleverd niet zuigt terwijl het zand net werd gereinigd e de manometer 0 bar aanwijst Hoe wordt de filter ontlucht e Controleer of de aanzuigslang op de skimmer is aangesloten en de doorgang is geopend de dop zit er niet op e Verbreek de verbinding met de stroom e Plaats de klep in de stand zuiveren filter draai
76. Filtro H M Flow rate Caudal D bit Durchflubmenge Portata Debiet Caudal Filtering speed Velocidad de filtraci n Vitesse de filtrage Filtriergeschwindigkeit Velocit filtrazione Filtersnelheid Velocidade de filtragem Sabbia fornita Meegeleverde zand Areia fornecida Korrelgroottemeting Granulometria 67 48 5 m m h 41 6 m m h Potency Potencia Puissance Stromst rke Potenza Vermogen Pot ncia 482 W 790 W Voltage Voltaje Voltage Spannung Voltaggio Voltagem Voltage 230 V 50 Hz Sand filling Carga de arena Charge du sable Sandladung Carico di sabbia Zandlading Carga de areia AR1400 A U R C FS O O E Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131855 Fax 34 937 134 111 PRODUCT VERIFICATION CE FILE ANNEX LABELS PRODUCT Monoblock filter AR 135 REFERENCE Various DATE April 2009 MANUFACTURER METALAST S A U Passeig Sanllehy 25 08213 POLINYA BARCELONA SPAIN This document contains the labels to be placed on the product The document contains 4 pages AR135 LABELS V1 1 out of 1 INN INSTRUCCI N N MP 75 04 Rev 0 57 Revision 7 23 10 2006 P gina 1 de 1 CHAPA CARACTERISTICA DE BOMBA COMPACT 50Hz 25470 INN CE mobeLo compact Passeig de Sanllehy 25 08213 Poliny Barcelona SPAIN REF 25470 N SERIE 000000 M H 6 m c a I 2 16 A
77. Granule Granulometria Granulom trie 0 4 0 8 mm 482 W 230V 50Hz IP X4 Ins Class 155 S1 TmediaMax 352C WARNING e Read this manual thoroughly before installing the filter and carefully follow the instructions during installation and use e Place the filter on a flat solid surface at a minimum distance of 3 5 metres from the pool e The appliance should be connected to a voltage of 230 V alternating current and 50 Hz power point with earth connection protected by a residual current device RCD having a rated residual operating current not exceeding 30 mA e Itis essential that you use a multiple disconnection device with a space of at least 3 mm between surfaces to disconnect the filter from the electrical current ATENCION e Lea atentamente este manual antes de instalar el equipo y siga meticulosamente las indicaciones durante la instalacion del mismo y durante su uso e Colocar el equipo sobre una superficie plana y s lida a una distancia no inferior a 3 5 metros de la piscina e El equipo se debe conectar a una toma de tensi n de 230 V de corriente alterna y 50 Hz con conexi n a tierra protegida con un interruptor diferencial RCD con una corriente de funcionamiento residual asignada que no exceda de 30 mA Es imprescindible utilizar un dispositivo de desconexi n m ltiple con una separaci n m nima de 3 mm entre contactos para desconectar el filtro de la alimentaci n el ctrica ATTENTION e Lisez at
78. ION el agua durante unos segundos afluye a la piscina de color turbio con el fin de evitar que esta agua turbia circule a la piscina existe esta posici n de la v lvula selectora ENJUAGUE Operar como sigue Inmediatamente despu s del LAVADO parar la bomba situar la v lvula en posici n de ENJUAGUE y conectar el equipo durante 1 minuto transcurrido ste pararlo y situar la v lvula en FILTRACION 5 7 Cierre La posici n de la v lvula selectora cerrado CLOSED se utiliza para evitar la circulaci n del agua a trav s de las mangueras y del filtro 15 5 8 Recirculaci n En esta posici n la v lvula selectora efect a el paso del agua procedente de la bomba directamente a la piscina sin pasar por el interior del filtro 6 SUSTITUCI N DEL CABLE Si el cable de alimentaci n est da ado s lo debe ser sustituido por el fabricante o su servicio t cnico 7 MANTENIMIENTO Una vez terminada la temporada de ba o se deber guardar el equipo en lugar seco y protegido de la intemperie Por este motivo y tras haber hecho un autolavado final para dejar limpia la arena de s lex se desmontar n las mangueras y se vaciar totalmente de agua del filtro a trav s del tap n de vaciado del deposito Una vez expulsada toda el agua del filtro limpiar cuidadosamente la rosca de residuos de arena de silex antes de volver a colocar el tap n ya que podr an inutilizar la rosca El tap n de vaciado del deposito filtr
79. Intertek Page 70 of 73 Report No E0852108 gt 1600 and lt 2000 x jo o ano a Be mo ue jus gt 1600 and lt 2000 gt 2000 and lt 2500 gt 2000 and lt 2500 gt 2000 and lt 2500 gt 2500 and lt 3200 5 6 8 0 11 2 16 0 7 5 7 5 15 0 20 0 11 0 18 0 16 0 20 0 22 0 25 0 N oO o a o o 25 0 CA N o gt 2500 and lt 3200 gt 2500 and lt 3200 gt 3200 and lt 4000 gt 3200 and lt 4000 gt 3200 and lt 4000 gt 4000 and lt 5000 gt 4000 and lt 5000 gt 4000 and lt 5000 gt 5000 and lt 6300 10 0 12 5 20 0 25 0 12 5 16 0 12 5 16 0 25 0 32 0 16 0 20 0 16 0 20 0 32 0 40 0 18 0 25 0 CA N o 36 0 40 0 36 0 40 0 SIS o 56 0 80 0 36 0 00 0 112 0 126 0 50 0 gt 5000 and lt 6300 gt 5000 and lt 6300 gt 6300 and lt 8000 gt 6300 and lt 8000 gt 6300 and lt 8000 gt 8000 and lt 10000 gt 8000 and lt 10000 20 0 25 0 40 0 50 0 25 0 32 0 25 0 32 0 50 0 64 0 32 0 40 0 36 0 63 0 63 0 oo 71 80 0 50 0 71 80 0 45 0 63 0 180 0 45 0 63 0 180 0 90 0 126 0 160 0 180 0 200 0 56 0 80 0 100 0 110 0 125 0 56 0 80 0 100 0 110 gt 8000 and lt 10000 gt 10000 and lt 12500 32 0 40 0 64 0 80 0 112 0 125 0 160 0 200 0 220 0 250 0 gt 10000 and lt 12500 gt 10000 and lt 12500 250 0 280 0 320 0 B Basic S Supplementary and
80. KAT 1 ALLGEMEINE GESICHTSPUNKTE d 1 1 In bereinstimmung mit diesen Verf gungen garantiert der Verk ufer dass das Produkt GRE dieser Garantie das Produkt entspricht und dass es im Moment der bergabe in allen Punkten mit den Anforderungen bereinstimmt 1 2 Der Garantiezeitraum f r das Produkt betr gt zwei 2 Jahre und wird ab dem Augenblick der Lieferung an den K ufer gerechnet 1 3 Falls ein Mangel am Produkt auftritt und der K ufer den Verk ufer innerhalb des Garantiezeitraums dar ber unterrichtet muss der Verk ufer das Produkt auf eigene Kosten dort reparieren oder ersetzen wo es f r ihn am g nstigsten ist es sei denn dies ist unm glich oder unverh ltnism ig 1 4 Wenn das Produkt weder repariert noch ersetzt werden kann kann der K ufer einen angemessenen Preisnachlass beantragen oder falls es sich um einen gr eren Mangel handelt die Aufl sung des Kaufvertrages 1 5 Die Teile die aufgrund dieser Garantie ersetzt oder repariert werden verl ngern den Garantiezeitraum f r das Originalprodukt nicht Jedoch existiert f r diese Teile eine eigene Garantie 1 6 Um die vorliegende Garantie wirksam werden zu lassen muss der K ufer das Kaufdatum und das Lieferdatum des Produktes belegen 1 7 Nach Ablauf von sechs Monaten ab Lieferung des Produktes an den K ufer muss im Falle eines Mangels der K ufer den Ursprung und das Vorhandensein des angegebenen Mangels belegen 1 8 Das vorliegende Garantiezertifikat schr
81. Piscines Dream Pool et Piscines Jet Pool e Retirer le panier int rieur du skimmer et boucher l aspiration avec le bouchon pr vu cet effet e D connecter le tuyau d aspiration de la prise du skimmer en desserrant la bride de fixation Tenir fermement le tuyau pour qu il ne perde pas d eau et le plonger imm diatement dans la piscine pour qu il ne se d samorce pas e Lester l extr mit de ce tuyau avec un objet lourd qui n endommagera pas le liner afin de le maintenir au fond de la piscine e Mettre la pompe en marche et vider la piscine N oubliez pas que le filtre ne permet pas de vider enti rement la piscine et que quand la pompe ne pourra plus aspirer d eau vous devrez l teindre e Lorsque la pompe est mise en marche pour vider la piscine ne pas interrompre le proc d avant la fin pour qu elle ne se d samorce pas e Si vous souhaitez remplir de nouveau la piscine d eau vous devrez d abord retirer la main l eau qui reste sans endommager le liner e Si vous d montez la piscine vous pouvez replier le liner avec le reste d eau au centre e Retirer la bonde sur le mod le DREAM POOL ou les tubes sur le mod le JET POOL e D plier le liner pour vider compl tement la piscine e Cette op ration ne doit tre effectu e que lorsque l on veut d monter la piscine Pour les mod les AR 135E AR 140E avec skimmer autoportant pour Piscines Magic Pool Hormis le trop plein faisant partie de la piscine on peut employer le p
82. R 102 Consulti il suo stabilimento o il Servizio assistenza del fabbricante della piscina per il loro acquisto Utilizzi sempre ricambi originali Una manichetta con una lunghezza maggiore del necessario per raggiungere ogni punto della piscina rende pi difficile il suo uso Tagli la parte della manichetta in eccesso Controlli che i terminali di gomma non perdano la loro tenuta stagna Spurgare la manichetta pulisci fondi Introdurre lentamente all interno della piscina il pulisci fondi con la pertica e la manichetta collegata verticalmente lasciando che si riempi di acqua mantenendo il resto della manichetta fuori dall acqua Introduca lentamente la manichetta nell acqua per tratti di 50 cm che devono restare sommersi mano a mano che si riempiono completamente di acqua fino alla fine quando tutta la manichetta sar piena d acqua e sommersa Se la manichetta non completamente spurgata il pulisci fondi non aspirer e potremmo danneggiare il depuratore facendolo lavorare a vuoto Nei modelli AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L con skimmer da parete per Piscine Dream Pool e Piscine Jet Pool e Mettere all interno dello skimmer l accessorio tappo di aspirazione con la presa verso l altro senza estrarre il cesto e Spurgare la manichetta e Far passare l estremit della manichetta dall INTERNO DELLA PISCINA alla chiusa dello skimmer e facendo attenzione a che non vi entri aria collegarla con il tappo di aspirazione sostenendol
83. R EN NINGUN CASO LA V LVULA CON EL MOTOR EN MARCHA Previo a la filtraci n inicial realizar un lavado de la arena Apartado 5 3 La v lvula debe estar en posici n de filtrado FILTER La vida til del filtro se alarga con periodos de funcionamiento continuado no superiores a 4 h Sus necesidades de filtraci n diarias vienen determinadas por el volumen en m de agua 13 de su piscina en relaci n a los m h de caudal del filtro para una temperatura del agua de 21 C aproximadamente y colocado a 3 5 m de su piscina Deje al menos 2 h de reposo al motor entre cada periodo de funcionamiento de 4 h Volumen piscina en m Caudal filtro en m h Horas necesarias Ejemplo 42 m 7 63 horas 2 ciclos de 4 horas con un ciclo intermedio 55m h 7 de 2 horas de descanso En el tratamiento inicial de filtraci n debe respetar los periodos de reposo indicados Se recomienda aumentar el tiempo de filtraci n cuanto mayor sea la temperatura del agua de su piscina 2 5 Lavado de la arena Con el proceso de lavado procedemos a limpiar la arena de silex del interior del filtro Este proceso debe hacerse con regularidad para ello se debe estar atento a varios factores que determinan que la arena est sucia e Que se detecte una disminuci n del caudal de retorno una vez comprobado que la bomba est bien cebada e Que el man metro Pos 1 del despiece del monoblock nos indique una presi n excesiva aguja indicando entre amarillo y rojo o so
84. RI AO Pressurer gauge Ensemble 09091R1000 sol Cjto Manometro anomie Bouchon de purge E 157800602G Sand purgue Tap n purga Joint du Entl ftungsdeckel Tappo dispurgo Reinigingsplug e sand pugue seal junta plana couvecercle de Dichtung O ring spurgp Pakking purga P purge 241850100G Filter body 9480 Cuerpo filtro 0480 Filtre 0480 Filterk rper 0480 Corpo filtro 9480 Filterhuis 0480 Filtro 0480 Collector head cabezal colector Collecteur filtre Filterkopf Collettore filtro Collector filter Colector filtro da Joint torique O Ring des d a E 720R1750057 O ring cover Junta tapa verle Deckels O ring copertura O ring deksel O ring tampa 241821003G Filter ring Zuncho Collier de fixation Filterspannring Ghiera filtro Spanring filter Bracadeira filtro 26161 1 1 2 V lvula top Vanne top 1 1 2 Valvola top Ventiel top V lvula top Top valve 1 1 2 1 1 2 Ventil top 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 09636 Return butt Manguito Raccord Aussto Raccord Mof Uni o A Tuyau de Verbindungs Manicotto di ten 09089R0002 Connection hose Manguera conexi n uen schlauch collegamento Aansluitslang Mangueira liga o Bacap prefilter Couvercle pr filtre Vorfilterdeckel Coperchio prefiltro Coperchio prefiltro Tampa pr filtro eS Tapa prefiltro Bacap Bacap Bacap Bacap 254633535G cover O ring B i x Bacap Joint Dich Dich Dich Dich 118x4mm acap junta t rica torique 118x4mm ichtungsring ichtungsring icht
85. a e s lida a uma distancia n o inferior a 3 5 metros da piscina e O aparelho deve ser ligado a uma tomada de 230 V de corrente alterna e 50 Hz com liga o terra protegida com um interruptor diferencial RCD com uma corrente de funcionamento residual que n o exceda os 30 mA imprescindivel utilizar um dispositivo de desconex o m ltiplo com uma separag o m nima de 3 mm entre contactos para desligar o filtro da alimentag o el ctrica 27429AR0010 01 A U R C FS O O E Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131855 Fax 34 937 134 111 PRODUCT VERIFICATION C FILE ANNEX CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST PERFORMED PRODUCT Monoblock filters AR135 and variations REFERENCE Various DATE April 2009 MANUFACTURER METALAST S A U Passeig Sanllehy 25 08213 POLINYA BARCELONA SPAIN This document contains all the testing reports and certificates used for this product verification The document contains 77 pages AR 135 CERTIFICATES REPORTS V1 1 out of 1 Intertek Project 3673 Deviation report regarding CE Mark evaluation performed by Intertek Italia Client METALAST S A U Passeig Sanllely 25 08213 Polinya Barcellona Product brand name Gre AR 135 Description Monoblock filter for swimming poll Manufacturer METALAST S A U Passeig Sanllely 25 08213 Polinya Barcellona Original designation Gre AR 135 Directives appli
86. a quantidade de residuos dos equipamentos el ctricos e electr nicos a perigosidade dos componentes fomentar a reutilizag o dos equipamentos a valorizac o dos seus res duos e determinar uma gest o adequada tratando de melhorar a efic cia da protecc o ambiental estabelece se uma s rie de normas aplic veis ao fabrico do produto e outras relativas A correcta gest o ambiental quando se transformam em res duos Do mesmo modo pretende se melhorar o comportamento ambiental de todos os agentes que interv m no ciclo de vida dos equipamentos el ctricos e electr nicos como s o os produtores os distribuidores os utilizadores e em particular o dos agentes directamente implicados na gest o dos res duos derivados destes equipamentos A partir do dia 13 Agosto de 2005 quando quiser desfazer se deste aparelho tem duas possibilidades de devoluc o e se adquirir um novo aparelho que seja de tipo equivalente ou que realize as mesmas fun es que o que est a deitar fora poder entreg lo ao distribuidor sem custo no acto da compra e poder lev lo ao local destinado pelas diferentes entidades locais N s assumiremos os custos de gest o Os equipamentos s o rotulados com o s mbolo de um contentor de lixo com rodas barrado com uma cruz que indica a necessidade de recolha selectiva e diferenciada do resto dos lixos urbanos Os nossos produtos s o concebidos e fabricados com materiais e componentes de alta qualidade respeitad
87. able AR 135 AR 135E AR 135L e Boucher prot ger la bouche du collecteur situ l int rieur du filtre avec un plastique protecteur afin d viter l entr e de sable fig 5 A e Loger le collecteur int rieur correctement dans le fond du filtre fig 6 e N introduire l int rieur du filtre que 40 Kg de sable fig 5 A le sable est vendu en sacs de 25 Kg e La dur e du sable de silex est illimit e Il ne faut en remettre qu en cas de perte Prenez note du niveau qu atteint le sable de silex pour savoir comment le compl ter l avenir pour ce faire conservez le sable restant dans le sac et dans un endroit sec e liminer les restes de sable de la bouche du filtre et retirer le plastique de protection e Placer la vanne de s lection TOP et le joint correspondant et placer la frette ou la fermeture selon les dessins e Bien serrer la vis de la fermeture pos 6 fig 4 qui maintient la vanne sur le filtre Chargement du sable AR 140 AR 140E AR 140L e Boucher prot ger la bouche du collecteur situ l int rieur du filtre avec un plastique protecteur afin d viter l entr e de sable fig 5 B 18 e Loger le collecteur int rieur correctement dans le fond du filtre fig 6 e Placer le collecteur de telle mani re que le tube de vidange du collecteur pos B fig 7 coincide avec l orifice situ sur la partie inf rieure de la vanne pos A fig 7 Ce tube B permet d extraire l air pouvant se trouver dans le
88. al si bien dispondr n de su propia garant a 1 6 Para la efectividad de la presente garant a el comprador deber acreditar la fecha de adquisici n y entrega del Producto 1 7 Cuando hayan transcurrido m s de seis meses desde la entrega del Producto al comprador y ste alegue falta de conformidad de aqu l el comprador deber acreditar el origen y la existencia del defecto alegado 1 8 El presente Certificado de Garant a no limita o prejuzga los derechos que correspondan a los consumidores en virtud de normas nacionales de car cter imperativo 2 CONDICIONES PARTICULARES 2 1 La presente garant a cubre los productos a que hace refrencia este manual 2 2 El presente Certificado de Garant a ser de aplicaci n nicamente en los pa ses de la Uni n Europea 2 3 Para la eficacia de esta garant a el comprador deber seguir estrictamente las indicaciones del Fabricante incluidas en la documentaci n que acompa a al Producto cuando sta resulte aplicable seg n la gama y modelo del Producto 2 4 Cuando se especifique un calendario para la sustituci n mantenimiento o limpieza de ciertas piezas o componentes del Producto la garant a s lo ser v lida cuando se haya seguido dicho calendario correctamente 3 LIMITACIONES 3 1 La presente garant a nicamente ser de aplicaci n en aquellas ventas realizadas a consumidores entendi ndose por consumidor aquella persona que adquiere el Producto con fines que no entran en el mbit
89. ale correcte lorsque ces appareils sont hors service De m me on pr tend am liorer le comportement environnemental de toutes les personnes qui interviennent dans le cycle de vie des appareils lectriques et lectroniques tels que les producteurs les distributeurs les utilisateurs et en particulier les intervenants directement impliqu s dans la gestion des d chets d riv s de ces appareils A partir du 13 ao t 2005 quand vous souhaitez vous d barrasser de votre appareil usag vous avez deux fa ons de vous en d faire si vous achetez un nouvel appareil qui est plus ou moins du m me genre ou qui r alise les m mes fonctions que votre appareil usag vous pourrez le remettre au distributeur sans aucun frais votre charge au moment de l achat e ou bien vous pourrez le d poser l endroit destin cette fin par les diff rents organismes locaux Les frais de gestion seront notre charge Les appareils portent une tiquette sur laquelle figure le symbole d une poubelle ordures sur roulettes barr e Ce symbole indique la n cessit d une collecte s lective et tri e du reste des d chets urbains Nos produits sont con us et fabriqu s avec des mat riaux et des composants de haute qualit respectueux de l environnement qui sont r utilisables et recyclables Malgr tout les diff rentes parties qui composent cet article ne sont pas biod gradables c est pourquoi il ne faut pas les mettre au rebut
90. allation des Filters beginnen und folgen Sie sowohl w hrend der Montage als auch w hrend der Benutzung genau den Anweisungen Bewahren Sie diese Anleitung f r k nftige Fragen zur Funktionsweises dieses Ger tes auf e Alles was im Zusammenhang mit der elektrischen Installation steht muss mit folgenden Normen bereinstimmen Europ ische Richtlinie 2006 95 CE zu Niedrigspannungsger ten EN 60335 2 41 Sicherheit von elektrischen Haushaltsger ten und Gleichwertigem besondere Anforderungen an Pumpen Des Weiteren gelten jegliche andwendbaren Gesetze zur Konstruktion von Elektroinstallationen in besonderem Umfeld Schwimmbecken und Springbrunnen oder Gleichwertigem die in der jeweiligen Region oder Land vorliegen e Die elektrische Installation muss von dazu qualifizierten Fachleuten vorgenommen werden Diese Anlage ist nicht geeignet f r Personen mit k rperlicher mentaler oder Wahrnehmungseinschr nkung oder ohne Erfahrung es sei denn Sie werden w hrend der Benutzung von einem Sicherheitsverantwortlichen beaufsichtigt e Die H he des Sandes darf nicht mehr als 2 3 des Tanks betragen e W hrend der Benutzung des Schwimmbeckens darf das Ger t nicht eingeschaltet sein e Das Ger t darf nicht verwendet werden wenn es nicht ordnungsgem gef llt ist e Ber hren Sie das eingeschaltete Ger t NIE mit feuchtem K rper oder feuchten H nden e UNTERBRECHEN Sie die Stromverbindung wann immer Sie an Ger t oder Ventil hantie
91. aller et de fixer l quipement de filtrage sur une superficie plane et solide plus de 3 5 m tres de la piscine voir paragraphe 2 1 e Connecter l autre extr mit du tuyau pos 10 fig 15 au bouchon d aspiration au moyen d une bride de fixation Pour les mod les AR 140 AR 140L AR 140E e Connecter une extr mit du tuyau de 0 58 m pos 8 fig 8 au manchon d entr e de la vanne de s lection d j mont en position PUMP en serrant avec une bride de fixation et connecter l autre extr mit la connexion de refoulement de la partie sup rieure du moteur pos 15 fig 9 et fig 15 d j mont au moyen d une bride de fixation e Loger un joint plat pos 11 fig 8 l int rieur de la connexion de retour RETURN de la vanne de s lection et visser fortement un manchon pos 12 fig 8 connecter une extr mit de l un des tuyaux de 4 5 m pos 10 fig 8 ce manchon gr ce une bride de fixation pos 13 fig 8 connecter l autre extr mit de ce tuyau la buse de retour de la piscine au moyen d une bride de fixation fig 3 e Connecter une extr mit de l autre tuyau de 4 5 m au skimmer au moyen d une bride de fixation fig 3 afin de connecter l autre extr mit placer un joint torique pos 16 fig 9 l entr e de la pompe passer la connexion de refoulement pos 15 fig 9 travers l crou pos 14 fig 9 et bien le visser la connexion NOTE v rifier que les tuyaux permettent d i
92. amente un limpia fondos de aspiraci n e Absorci n de aire por el skimmer debido a un nivel bajo en el agua de la piscina e Por una incorrecta utilizaci n del equipo tapa de aspiraci n o tap n de skimmer Cu ndo est descebado el filtro Detectaremos que el filtro est descebado cuando e Comprobemos que el sonido del agua entrando en l suena a ca da libre hecho que nos indica que entre la entrada del agua y la arena de s lex se ha creado una c mara de aire e Comprobemos que por la boquilla de retorno salen burbujas de aire en exceso e Comprobemos que el limpia fondos no suministrado no aspira teniendo limpia la arena de s lex tras un lavado e Comprobemos que el man metro est en posici n O bar C mo cebar el filtro e Comprobar que la manguera de aspiraci n est conectada al skimmer y el paso abierto no tiene el tap n puesto e Desconectar el filtro de la toma de corriente e Con la v lvula en posici n de filtrado filter aflojar ligeramente la tuerca de purga que se encuentra junto al man metro para que permita salir el aire acumulado en el interior del filtro Si no ha colocado el man metro colocar la valvula en posici n de WASTE e Cuando se observe que solo sale agua entre 1 y 2 minutos cerrar de nuevo la tuerca de purga e Conectar el filtro a la toma de corriente y comprobar que ha dejado de o rse el sonido de ca da del agua De lo contrario repetir la operaci n 2 4 Filtraci n NO MANIPULA
93. andtekening Hoedanigheld Namnteckning Befattning a She y Underskrift Stilling EA Signatur Tilstand vi Allekirjoitus Virka asema Yrypayn evn Firma Cargo Signature Qualification Unterschrift Qualifizierung Signature Qualification Firma Qualifica Assinatura Titulo Gerente de Metalast Manager of Metalast 25 10 2007 66 e TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS e CARACTERISTICAS TECNICAS e CARACTERISTIQUES TECHNIQUES e TECHNISCHE ANGABEN e DATI TECNICI e TECHNISCHE GEGEVENS e CARACTERISTICAS TECNICAS IF YOU HAVE ANY PROBLEM CONTACT US UK Green Number SI TIENE ALG N PROBLEMA CONS LTENOS EM CASO DE PROBLEMA CONSULTAR NOS EN CAS DE PROBLEME NOUS CONSULTER France Tel Belgique num ro verde Suisse num ro verde Nederlands BEI PROBLEMEN K NNEN SIE SICH MIT UNS UNTER DER FOLGENDEN DEUTSCHEN Deutchland Osterreich Schweiz freie Nummer PER OGNI VOSTRA EVENTUALLE OCCORRENZA INTERPELLA TECI Italia Suizzera numero verde MOCHT U EEN PROBLEEM HEBBEN RAADPLEEG ONS Nederlands Belgie 0800 91 76 778 34 946 741 844 33 0892 707 720 0800 10 211 0 800 563 820 0800 022 33 04 0180 333 0123 49 180 333 0123 0 800 563 820 800 781 592 0 800 563 820 0800 022 33 04 0800 10 211 AR1350 AR140 Filter Filtre Filtro Filtro Sandfilter 2 Sandfilter
94. anno di una loro propria garanzia 1 6 Affinch la presente possa essere valida l acquirente dovr attestare la data di acquisto e consegna di del Prodotto 1 7 Una volta trascorsi pi di sei mesi dalla consegna del Prodotto all acquirente qualora quest ultimo dichiari un difetto di conformit del medesimo l acquirente dovr attestare l origine e l esistenza del difetto dichiarato 1 8 Il presente Certificato di Garanzia non limita o preclude i diritti che corrispondano ai consumatori in virt delle norme nazionale di carattere imperativo 2 CONDIZIONI PARTICOLARI 2 1 La presente garanzia copre i prodotti al quali si riferisce questo manuale 2 2 Il presente Certificato di Garanzia avr vigore unicamente nell ambito dei paesi dell Unione Europea 2 3 Per la validit di questa garanzia l acquirente dovr rispettare in maniera rigorosa le indicazioni del Fabbricante indicate nella documentazione che viene allegata al Prodotto quando questa risulti applicabile secondo la gamma e il modello del Prodotto 2 4 Nel caso in cui venga specificato un calendario per la sostituzione la manutenzione o la pulizia di determinati pezzi o componenti del Prodotto la garanzia sar valida solo quando qualora detto calendario sia stato rispettato in maniera corretta 3 LIMITAZIONI 3 1 La presente garanzia sara valida unicamente per le vendite realizzate a consumatori laddove per consumatori s intende quella persona che acquista il Prodotto c
95. antidas sob vigil ncia e Se o cabo flex vel de alimenta o deste aparelho estiver danificado dever ser substitu do apenas pelo fabricante Em caso de d vida consulte o servi o t cnico e A bomba deve ser ligada a uma tomada de 230 V de corrente alterna e 50 Hz com liga o terra protegida com um interruptor diferencial RCD com uma corrente de funcionamento residual que n o exceda 30 maA e imprescind vel utilizar um dispositivo de desconex o m ltiplo com uma separa o m nima de 3 mm entre contactos para desligar o filtro da alimenta o el ctrica 1 COMPONENTES DA EMBALAGEM O filtro que acaba de comprar um aparelho especialmente concebido e desenhado para piscinas elevadas Com um desenho inovador e uma grande funcionalidade disp e dos diferentes elementos necess rios para filtrar a gua Filtro bomba e v lvula selectora num s aparelho Os principais componentes deste filtro s o 1 Filtro Bomba AR135 140 V lvula selectora 1 1 2 AR135L 140L Tampa de esvaziamento AR135E 140E AR1350 1400 Cabo el ctrico de alimenta o Anel Mangueira 038 x 0 58 m AR135 140 Areia de silex EE ICE Mangueira 38 x 1 50 m lavagem da areia 3 8 9 14 15 10 2 Mangueiras 938 x 4 5 m 49 8 9 14 15 13 Bracadeiras 9 15 14 Porca 2 1 4 9 15 15 Macho de liga o 9 15 16 Junta circular AR140 AR140L 8 11 Juntas planas AR140E AR1400
96. apply to switches or controls tested in accordance with the conditions occurring in the appliance IEC 60335 1 A1 Sealing compound does not flow out N A For pumps marked with a temperature N A exceeding 35 C the temperature rise ofthe external enclosure is not measured IEC 60 335 2 41 LEAKAGE CURRENT AND ELECTRIC STRENGTH AT OPERATING TEMPERATURE Leakage current not excessive and electric strength adequate Heating appliances operated at 1 15 times rated power input Motor operated appliances and combined appliances supplied at 1 06 times rated voltage Protective impedance and radio interference filters disconnected before carrying out the tests 13 2 Leakage current measured by means of the circuit described in figure 4 of IEC 60990 Lo q Leakage current measurements see appended table 13 3 The appliance is disconnected from the supply and the insulation is immediately subjected to a voltage having a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz for 1 min in accordance with IEC 61180 1 IEC 60335 1 A1 The high voltage source used for the test is to be capable of supplying a short circuit current Is between the output terminals after the output voltage has been adjusted to the appropriate test voltage IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 15 of 73 Report No E0852108 The overload release of the circuit is not to be P operated by any current below the tripping current Ir The
97. ar Como purgar o filtro e Assegure se que a mangueira de aspira o esteja ligada ao skimmer e a passagem aberta sem a tampa e Desligue o aparelho da tomada e Com a v lvula na posi o de filtra o filter desaperte um pouco a porca de purga que se encontra junto ao man metro para deixar sair o ar acumulado no interior do filtro Se n o tiver colocado o man metro coloque a v lvula na posi o WASTE e Quando observar que sai apenas gua entre 1 e 2 minutos aperte novamente a porca de purga e Ligue o filtro tomada e assegure se que a gua j n o emite o ru do de queda livre Caso contr rio repita a opera o 52 5 2 Filtrac o NUNCA MANIPULE A V LVULA COM O MOTOR EM FUNCIONAMENTO Antes da filtrag o inicial realize uma lavagem da areia ponto 5 3 A v lvula deve estar na posic o de filtrac o FILTER A vida util do filtro pode ser prolongada com periodos de funcionamento continuos n o superiores a 4h A necessidade de filtra o di ria dada pelo volume de m de gua da sua piscina em rela o aos m h do caudal do filtro para uma temperatura da gua de 21 C aproximadamente e colocado a 3 5 m da sua piscina Deixe o motor descansar no m nimo 2 horas entre cada per odo de funcionamento de 4 horas Volume piscina em m Horas necess rias Caudal filtro em m h Exemplo 42 m 2 ciclos de 4 horas com um ciclo 55 e 7 63 horas interm dio de 2 horas de descanso No tratamento in
98. as follows Model AR135 140 AR135L 140L AR135E 140E AR1350 1400 Selector Valve 1 1 2 Drain plug Electric supply cable Metal band Hose 838 mm x 0 58 m N jo OD Jour H WIN Hose 838 mm x 1 5 m washing of the sand AR135 140 3 8 9 14 15 10 2 Hoses 838 mm x 4 5 m AR135L 140L 8 9 14 15 13 Clamp AR135E 140E 9 15 14 Nut 2 1 4 9 15 15 Pin connection 9 15 16 O ring seal AR140 AR140L 11 Flat gaskets EI ee 12 Sleeves 1 1 2 AR135 140 140 3 17 Mal skimmer Dream Pool swimming pools Self supporting skimmer Magic Pool swimming AR135E 140E 3 18 pools AR135L 140L 3 19 Wall skimmer Jet Pool swimming pools AR1350 1400 Gand and connection components to the pool are not supplied REQUIREMENTS FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION This device is easy to install and can be assembled by one adult in about 2 hours taking care to correctly follow the instructions detailed in this manual For the correct handling of the device components and its correct installation you will need the following tools Function Tool Alternative tool Tighten the hose flanges 7 mm Stecker screwdriver Philips screwdriver Cut the liner Cutter Knife Protection of collector pipe Piece of plastic Piece of fabric 2 BEFORE CONNECTING THE DEVICE Location Place the device on a flat solid surface at a minimum distance of 3 5 metres from the
99. ation N A of burning not exceeding 15 s ANNEX F NORMATIVE CAPACITORS Capacitors likely to be permanently subjected to the supply voltage and used for radio interference suppression or voltage dividing comply with the following clauses of IEC 60384 14 with the following modifications Terminology Class X capacitors tested according to subclass X2 n Wu This subclause is applicable wm gt D Items a and b are applicable Approval testing 3 4 3 2 Table Il is applicable as described Visual examination and check of dimensions N A N A N A N A N A This subclause is applicable N A Electrical tests _ N A N A N A N A N A gt x gt N CE O TON TN TON CO A Vat rat However for capacitors in heating appliances the values for test B or C apply 4 12 Damp heat steady state Bes TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 56 of 73 Report No E0852108 This subclause is applicable N A Only insulation resistance and voltage proof N A are checked EST Impulse voltage 4 13 MA Subclauses 4 14 1 4 14 3 4 14 4 and 4 14 7 N A applicable 4 14 7 Only insulation resistance and voltage proof N A are checked Visual examination no visible damage N A 4 17 4 18 oO Passive flammability test This subclause is applicable N A Active flammability test EEE ANNEX G NORMATIVE SAFETY ISOLATING TRANSFORMERS The following modifications to t
100. atura di filtraggio su di una superficie piana e solida posta ad oltre 3 5 metri dalla piscina vedi apparato 2 1 e Collegare l altra estremit della manichetta pos 10 fig 15 al tappo di aspirazione tramite una staffa Nei modelli AR 140 AR 140L AR 140E e Collegare un estremit della manichetta da 0 58 m pos 8 fig 8 al manicotto di entrata della valvola selettrice che gi montato in posizione PUMP premendo con una staffa e collegare l altra estremit alla connessione codolo della parte superiore del motore pos 15 fig 9 y fig 15 che gi montato tramite una staffa e Sistemare una giuntura piana pos 11 fig 8 all interno della connessione di ritorno RETURN della valvola selettrice e filettare fortemente un manicotto pos 12 fig 8 collegare un estremit di una delle due manichette da 4 5 m pos 10 fig 8 a questo manicotto tramite una staffa pos 13 fig 8 collegare l altra estremit della manichetta all imboccatura di ritorno nella piscina tramite una staffa fig 3 e Collegare un estremit dell altra manichetta da 4 5 m allo skimmer tramite una staffa fig 3 per collegare l altra estremit alloggiare una giuntura torica pos 16 fig 9 all entrata della pompa inserire la connessione codolo pos 15 fig 9 tramite il dado pos 14 fig 9 e filettarla fortemente alla connessione NOTA controlli che le manichette permettano il funzionamento dell attrezzatura di filtraggio
101. bed in the parts list section section 3 3 2 Technical specifications and solution description 2 1 Product function limits The product has been designed to filter the water in a swimming pool The water to be treated must be clean with the usual levels of treating products such as bromine chlorine ozone or other commonly used in the pool treatment It has not been designed to treat sea water It is not suitable to be used as a filter for drinkable or irrigation water It is advised in the instruction manual that the device must not be on while the pool is being used The device is to be used with water in a temperature below 35 C 2 2 Risk identification During the operation of the device it can be dangerous for the persons or goods which are nearby the device or the pool installation The risks have been analyzed according to the EN 60335 2 41 standard Attached to the present document are the product certificate against the low voltage directive the testing report for the winding temperature and the protection degree test evidence for the whole assembly 2 3 Risk analysis The risks have been analyzed according to the EN 60335 2 41 standard There are some different kinds of risks such as e Electrical risks e Risks to the device AR 135 CE FILE VI 6 out of 13 A U R C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 e Risks to o
102. ber den Pfropfen zur Entleerung des Auffangs vollkommen aus Sobald das Wasser vollkommen aus dem Ger t entfernt wurde entfernen Sie vorsichtig alle R ckst nde von Quarz Sand vom Gewinde Danach bringen Sie den Pfropfen wieder an damit das Gewinde nicht besch digt wird Der Pfropfen zur Entleerung des Auffangs darf nur f r diesen Vorgang verwendet werden AUSSERST WICHTIG Bevor Sie das Ger t nach einer l ngeren Zeit des Stillstandes wieder in Betrieb nehmen m ssen Sie sicherstellen dass der Filter ordnungsgem gef llt d h keine Luft im Inneren ist 31 Wartung der Pumpe Die Pumpe des Ger tes ist darauf ausgerichtet mit einem Minimum an Wartungsvorg ngen zu funktionieren Einige Verschlei und Abnutzung unterliegende Teile k nnen eine k rzere Lebensauer als die Garantiedauer des Ger tes aufweisen F r jegliche Art von Wartungsarbeiten kontaktieren Sie bitte den Hersteller des Schwimmbeckens oder dessen technischen Kundendienst 7 2 Probleml sung und technischer Kundendienst Dieser Filter und seine Anleitungen sind in erster Linie auf den privaten Gebrauch ohne Notwendigkeit professioneller Hilfe ausgenommen in Sonderf llen ausgerichtet Nachfolgend finden Sie Probleme und Ursachen die im Laufe der Jahre w hrend des Lebenszykluses des Filters auftreten k nnen und die Sie beheben k nnen Falls Sie Ihr Problem nicht beheben k nnen kontaktieren Sie bitte den Hersteller des Schwimmbeckens telefonisch w hrend der
103. bre rojo Para el lavado de la arena deberemos proceder como sigue e Desconectar el equipo de la toma de corriente No mover nunca la v lvula selectora con el motor en marcha e Presionar firmemente el mando superior de la v lvula desencajando el nervio delantero de su alojamiento que nos permite girar sobre s mismo e Girar suavemente el mando hasta alinear el nervio delantero con el alojamiento de la operaci n de lavado backwash e Conectar la manguera de 9 38 mm x 1 5 m mediante el manguito de 1 2 a la salida de desag e waste de la v lvula y dirigir el otro extremo de la manguera a un desague o alcantarilla en los modelos AR140 AR140L y AR140E en los modelos AR135 AR135L y AR135E se conectara la manguera de 38mm x 1 5m directamente a la espiga de la v lvula de desag e marcada como WASTE e Poner en marcha el equipo durante 2 min aproximadamente hasta que dejen de salir impurezas con el agua se puede observar a trav s de la mirilla transparente que hay en el lateral e Parar el equipo eColocar la v lvula en posici n de enjuague risne y conectar el filtro durante unos segundos e Parar el equipo pasar a la posici n deseada de filtrado filter y retirar la manguera de la posici n de desague waste si se desea 5 4 Vaciado de la piscina El equipo le permite vaciar casi totalmente la piscina una vez terminada la temporada de ba o Para ello deber poner la v lvula selectora superior en posici n de desag e waste
104. by Intertek The observations and test results in this report are relevant only to the sample tested This report by itself does not imply that the material product or service is or has ever been under an Intertek certification program P 2 of 73 Intertek ie Report No E0852108 Test item description Trade Mark GRE settee Monoblock filter for swimming poll Manufacturer nnen METALAST S A U Model Type reference See page 3 A tedden ites 230V 50Hz for details see page 3 Copy of marking plate AR135 Doll gt CE mopeto COMPACT Passeig de Sanllehy 25 08213 Poliny Barcelona SPAIN REF 25470 N SERIE 000000 M 0 30 Kw IP 55 CLASE F SUE AOS246274 SORO Gray Passeig de Sanlichy 25 08213 Poliny Barcelona 760 mm oo H Filter diameter Di metro filtro Diam tre filtre 700 mm 380 mm Flow Caudal D bit Filtering speed Velocidad de filtraci n Vitesse de filtrage 5 5 m3 h 48 5 m m h Valve Valvula Vanne Sand Arena Sable 11 2 40 Kg Granule Granulometria Granulom trie 482 W 230V 50Hz Taesamax 350C Ipxa F Class S1 0 4 0 8 mm CE A 600 mm 520 mm Filter diameter Diametro filtro Diam tre filtre 300 mm Flow Caudal D bit Filtering speed Velocidad de filtraci n Vitesse de filtrage AR700 4 m h 50 m m h Va
105. chetta a uno scarico o a un tombino nei modelli AR140 AR140L e AR140E nei modelli AR135 AR135L e AR135E si collegher la manichetta da 38mm x 1 5 m direttamente al codolo della valvola di scarico segnata come WASTE e Mettere in moto il filtro per 2 minuti approssimativamente fino a che lasci uscire impurit insieme all acqua si pu osservare tramite lo spioncino trasparente che c al lato e Spegnere l attrezzatura e Collocare la valvola in posizione di risciacquo risine e collegare il filtro per qualche secondo e Spegnere l attrezzatura passare alla posizione desiderata di filtraggio filter e ritirare la manichetta dalla posizione di scarico waste se lo si desidera 5 4 Svuotamento della piscina L attrezzatura le permette di svuotare quasi totalmente la piscina una volta conclusa la stagione dei bagni Per fare questo dovr sistemare la valvola selettrice superiore in posizione di scarico waste senza accendere ancora il filtro collegare la manichetta da 38 mm x 1 5 m all uscita dello scarico waste della valvola e dirigere l altra estremit della manichetta a uno scarico o a un tombino a seconda del modello di skimmer e procedere come segue Nei modelli AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L con skimmer da parete per Piscine Dream Pool e Piscine Jet Pool e Spostare il cesto interno dello skimmer e tappare l aspirazione con il coperchio fornito per tale scopo e Scollegare la manichetta di aspirazione dalla presa del
106. constructions constructed so that there is adequate protection against accidental contact with basic insulation and metal parts separated from live parts by basic insulation only N A N A STARTING OF MOTOR OPERATED APPLIANCES Requirements and tests are specified in part 2 when necessary Power input at normal operating temperature rated voltage and normal operation not deviating from rated power input by more than shown in table 1 TT III see appended table Current at normal operating temperature rated voltage and normal operation not deviating from rated current by more than shown in table 2 see appended table No excessive temperatures in normal use TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 13 of 73 Report No E0852108 11 2 Placing and mounting of appliance as described Temperature rises other than of windings determined by thermocouples Temperature rises of windings determined by resistance method unless the windings makes it difficult to make the necessary connections Heating appliances operated under normal operation at 1 15 times rated power input Motor operated appliances operated under normal operation at most unfavourable voltage between 0 94 and 1 06 times rated voltage Combined appliances operated under normal operation at most unfavourable voltage between 0 94 and 1 06 times rated voltage Pumps are operated with the liquid maintained at the temperature marked on th
107. cting the appliance to a water supply having a static pressure equal to twice the maximum inlet water pressure or 1 2 MPa whichever is higher for a period of 5 min IEC 60335 1 A1 There shall be no leakage from any part including any inlet water hose IEC 60335 1 A1 N A 22 48 22 101 22 102 22 103 Appliances intended to be connected to the water mains shall be constructed to prevent backsiphonage of non potable water into the water mains IEC 60335 1 A1 Compliance is checked by the relevant tests of IEC 61770 IEC 60335 1 A1 Pumps shall withstand the static liquid Pressure occuring in normal use as specified Submersible pumps and vertical wet pit pumps are not subjected to this test IEC 60 335 2 41 The pressure test is carried out for 1 min at a pressure of 1 2 times the pressure occuring at maximum pump total head m IEC 60 335 2 41 The material of the pump shall not be affected by the liquid for which the pump is intended if a hazard could result IEC 60 335 2 41 Submersible pumps and vertical wet pit pumps shall be constructed so that pollution of liquid by lubricants is prevented as far as possible IEC 60335 2 41 Submersible pumps and vertical wet pit pumps having a mass gt 3 Kg shall be constructed so that means for hoisting can be attached IEC 60 335 2 41 22 104 22 105 22 106 Class submersible pumps having a plastic enclosure shall be so constructed so that
108. d except in full without the written approval of the Issuing testing laboratory see Enclosure refers to additional information appended to the report see appended table refers to a table appended to the report Throughout this report acomma point is used as the decimal separator General product information Additional remarks IEC EN 60335 2 41 Requirement Test Result Remark GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE TESTS Tests performed according to cl 5 e g nature of supply sequence of testing etc em 5 2 If the test of Annex D has to be carried out an N A additional appliance may be used IEC 60335 1 A1 Nal The tests of Clause 14 and 21 2 and 22 24 are carried out after the tests of Clause 29 IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 5 of 73 Report No E0852108 5 7 Temperature of liquid is maintained within 0 5K of the temperaturemarked on the pumb IEC 60 335 2 41 NOTE Guidance is given in Annex P for enhanced requirements that may be used to ensure an acceptable level of protection against electrical and thermal hazards for particular types of appliances used in an installation without a protective earthing conductor in countries that have warm damp equable climates IEC 60335 1 A1 Pumps are tested as portable appliances unless they are intended to be fixed IEC 60 335 2 41 Stationary pumps having a three phase motor which does not incorporate a
109. d from the thread before replacing the plug Failure to do so could damage the thread The filter tank drain plug should only be used in this operation VERY IMPORTANT Following an extended period of inactivity before starting up the device check that it is correctly primed 2 1 Care of the pump The device pump is designed to operate without any specific maintenance Some elements may cause the pump to wear out and last less time than that in the guarantee For any form of maintenance contact the manufacturer or its technical service 2 2 Solving breakdowns and technical service This device includes instructions which are especially designed for family use There is no need for professional assistance except in special cases The following are some of the problems and causes which may arise over time during the life span of the device and which you may be able to fix on your own If not contact the pool manufacturer at the telephone number and time indicated in the instructions PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION Put Teflon in the threaded housings The filter leaks through the hose Bad connection between the terminals insert the hose terminals up until the terminals and the hoses bottom of the housing and tighten the clamps The valve is not on the filtration Disconnect the filter and put the valve setting filter to the correct setting After the filter has started up there is The filter is above the level of the water Place the
110. d or the cord guard broken strands piercing the insulation and becoming accessible Conductors of the supply cord relieved from strain twisting and abrasion by use of cord anchorage The cord cannot be pushed into the appliance to such an extent that the cord or internal parts of the appliance can be damaged Pull and torque test of supply cord values shown in table 10 pull N torque not on automatic cord reel Nm Max 2 mm displacement of the cord and conductors not moved more than 1 mm in the terminals Creepage distances and clearances not reduced below values specified in 29 1 Cord anchorages for type X attachments constructed and located so that replacement of the cord is easily possible itis clear how the relief from strain and the prevention of twisting are obtained they are suitable for different types of cord cord cannot touch the clamping screws of cord anchorage if these screws are accessible unless separated from accessible metal parts by supplementary insulation the cord is not clamped by a metal screw which bears directly on the cord at least one part of the cord anchorage securely fixed to the appliance unless part of a specially prepared cord screws which have to be operated when replacing the cord do not fix any other component if applicable TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 41 0f 73 Report No E0852108 if labyrinths can be bypassed the t
111. d pointed ends of self tapping screws etc liable to be touched by the user in normal use or during user maintenance 22 15 Storage hooks and the like for flexible cords smooth and well rounded 22 16 Automatic cord reels cause no undue abrasion or damage to the sheath of the flexible cord no breakage of conductors strands no undue wear of contacts Cord reel tested with 6000 operations as specified Electric strength test of 16 3 voltage of 1000 V applied Spacers not removable from the outside by hand or by means of a screwdriver or a spanner 22 18 Current carrying parts and other metal parts resistant to corrosion under normal conditions of use Current carrying parts and other metal parts resistant to corrosion under normal conditions of use Direct contact between opper and aluminium or their alloys is to be avoided IEC 60 335 2 41 22 19 Driving belts not used as electrical insulation 22 20 Direct contact between live parts and thermal insulation effectively prevented unless material used is non corrosive non hygroscopic and non combustible Compliance is checked by inspection and if necessary by appropriate test 22 21 Wood cotton silk ordinary paper and fibrous or hygroscopic material not used as insulation unless impregnated 22 22 Appliances not containing asbestos 22 23 Oils containing polychlorinated biphenyl PCB not used 22 24 Bare heating elements adequately supported In case of ruptu
112. della valvola selettrice RISCIACQUO Operare come segue Appena dopo il LAVAGGIO fermare la pompa situare la valvola in posizione di RISCIACQUO e collegare la pompa per un minuto trascorso questo tempo fermare la pompa e situare la valvola in posizione FILTRAGGIO 5 7 Chiusura La posizione della valvola selettrice chiusa CLOSED si utilizza per evitare la circolazione di acqua attraverso le manichette e il filtro 5 8 Ricircolazione In questa posizione la valvola selettrice effettua il passaggio dell acqua che arriva dalla pompa direttamente alla piscina senza passare per l interno del filtro 6 SOSTITUZIONE DEL CAVO Se il cavo di alimentazione danneggiato dev essere sostituito solo dal fabbricante o dal suo servizio tecnico 7 MANUTENZIONE Una volta conclusa la stagione dei bagni si dovr conservare l attrezzatura in un luogo secco e protetto dalle intemperie Per questo motivo e dopo aver fatto un autolavaggio finale per lasciare pulita la sabbia di silex si smonteranno le manichette e si svuoter totalmente dall acqua il filtro attraverso il tappo di svuotamento del deposito Una volta espulsa tutta l acqua dal filtro pulire con attenzione il filetto dai residui di sabbia di silex prima di rimettere il coperchio poich potrebbero rendere inservibile il filetto Il tappo di svuotamento del deposito filtro va usato solamente per questa operazione MOLTO IMPORTANTE prima di accendere il filtro dopo u
113. dering welding or crimping alone For Class Il appliances soldering welding or crimping alone used barriers provided clearances and creepage distances satisfactory if the conductor becomes free 27 PROVISION FOR EARTHING Accessible metal parts of Class Ol and appliances permanently and reliably connected to an earthing terminal or contact of the appliance inlet Earthing terminals not connected to neutral terminal Class 0 Il and Ill appliance have no provision for earthing Safety extra low voltage circuits not earthed unless protective extra low voltage circuits Clamping means adequately secured against accidental loosening Terminals used for the connection of external equipotential bonding conductors allow connection of conductors of 2 5 to 6 mm and do not provide earthing continuity between different parts of the appliance Conductors cannot be loosened without the aid of a tool For appliances with supply cord current carrying conductors become taut before earthing conductor if the cord slips out of the cord anchorage TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 45 of 73 Report No E0852108 If a detachable part having an earth N A connection is plugged into another part of the appliance the earth connection shall be made before the current carrying connections are established The current carrying connections shall be separated before the earth connection when removing the part IEC 6
114. des required information Details about how to remove batteries containing materials hazardous to the environment given Markings placed on the part ofthe appliance connected to the supply mains Appliances having batteries that according to the instruction may be replaced by the user need only have basic insulation between live parts and the inner surface of the battery compartment If the appliance can be operated without batteries double or reinforced insulation required The battery is charged for the period described 19 1 Appliances subjected to tests of 19 101 19 102 and 19 103 19 101 Appliances supplied at rated voltage for 168 h the battery being continually charged 19 102 Short circuiting of the terminals of the battery being fully charged for appliances having batteries that can be removed without the aid of a tool 19 103 Appliances having batteries replaceable by the user supplied at rated voltage under normal operation with the battery removed or in any position allowed by the construction 21 101 Appliances having pins for insertion into socket outlets have adequate mechanical strength checked according to procedure 2 of IEC 68 2 32 Part of the appliance incorporating the pins subjected to the free fall test procedure 2 of IEC 60068 2 32 the number of falls being FT 100 the mass of part does not exceed 250 y Eq 50 the mass of part exceeds 250 g After the test the requirements of 8 1 15 1 1 1
115. duit 2 4 Quand un calendrier sera sp cifi pour le remplacement la maintenance ou le nettoyage de certaines pi ces ou de certains composants du Produit la garantie sera valable uniquement lorsque ledit calendrier aura t suivi correctement 3 LIMITATIONS 8 1 La pr sente garantie ne sera applicable que dans les ventes r alis es aux consommateurs consid rant comme consommateur toute personne qui ach te le Produit des fins qui n entrent pas dans le cadre de son activit professionnelle 3 2 Aucune garantie n est conc d e quant l usure normale due l utilisation du produit En ce qui concerne les pi ces composants et ou mat riels fongibles ou consommables comme les piles les ampoules etc il faudra respecter le cas ch ant ce qui est stipul dans la documentation qui est jointe au Produit 3 3 La garantie ne couvre pas les cas o le Produit I a fait l objet d un traitement incorrect Il a t r par entretenu ou manipul par une personne non autoris e ou III a t r par ou entretenu avec des pi ces n tant pas d origine Quand le d faut de conformit du Produit sera la cons quence d une installation ou d une mise en marche incorrectes la pr sente garantie r pondra uniquement lorsque ladite installation ou ladite mise en marche sera incluse dans le contrat d achat et de vente du Produit et aura t r alis e par le vendeur ou sous sa responsabilit 61 GARANTIEZERTIFI
116. e pump IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 41 A1 Shower boost pumps that are also supplied with cold water are operated with the cold water at 15 C 2 C IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 Pumps other than shower boost pumps marked with a maximum period of operation are also operated with the liquid maintained at 35 C until steady conditions are established IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 If the pumb is marked with a maximum period of operation the liquid temperature is 35 C instead of the marked temperature it is also operated for this period followed by the rest period specified in the instructions for use the liquid being maintained at the marked temperature This test is carried out for three cycles of operation IEC 60335 2 41 They are operated until steady conditions are established unless they are marked with a maximum period of operation In this case they are operated for the marked period followed by the rest period specified in the instructions the test being carried out for three cycles of operation IEC 60 335 2 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 14 of 73 Report No E0852108 11 8 Temperature rises not exceeding values in see appended tables P table 3 Protective devices do not operate However components in protective electronic circuits are allowed to operate provided they are tested for the number of cycles of operation specified in 24 1 4 IEC 60335 1 A1 The temperature rise limit does not
117. e 6 5 2 of IEC 60730 2 8 shall be IPX7 IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliance couplers complying with IEC 60320 4 However appliances classified higher than IPXO the appliance couplers complying with IEC 60320 2 3 The relevant standard for interconnection couplers is IEC 60320 2 2 IEC 60335 1 A1 Small lamp holders similar to E10 lampholders complying with IEC 60238 the requirements for E10 lampholders being applicable 24 2 No switches or automatic controls in flexible cords TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 37 of 73 Report No E0852108 No devices causing the protective device in the P fixed wiring to operate in the event of a fault in the appliance No thermal cut outs that can be reset by soldering Level switches may be incorporated in interconnection cords IEC 60335 2 41 Switches intended for all pole disconnection of stationary appliances are directly connected to the supply terminals and having a contact separation in all poles providing full disconnection under overvoltage category Ill conditions Plugs and socket outlets for extra low voltage circuits and heating elements not interchangeable with plugs and socket outlets listed in IEC 60083 or IEC 60906 1 or with connectors and appliance inlets complying with the standard sheets of IEC 60320 1 Capacitors in auxiliary windings of motors marked with their rated voltage and capacitance and used accordingly Voltage across capacitors in series
118. e den Schlauch sofort ins Schwimmbecken damit er sich nicht entleert e Beschweren Sie das Ende dieses Schlauches mit einem schweren Gegenstand damit er den Liner nicht besch digt und bis zum Boden des Schwimmbeckens absinkt e Schalten Sie das Ger t ein und beginnen Sie mit dem Entleeren des Beckens Vergessen Sie nicht dass das Becken mit Hilfe des Ger tes nicht vollkommen entleert werden kann Sobald nur mehr einige Zentimeter Wasser vorhanden sind und die Pumpe nicht mehr saugt m ssen Sie das Ger t ausschalten e Sobald das Ger t zum Entleeren des Schwimmbeckens eingeschaltet wurde d rfen Sie den Vorgang bis zum Ende nicht mehr unterbrechen damit sich das Ger t nicht entleert e Falls sich das Becken erneut mit Wasser bef llt sch pfen Sie das restliche Wasser manuell aus ohne den Liner zu besch digen e Falls Sie das Becken abbauen k nne Sie den Liner mit dem restlichen Wasser in der Mitte zusammenfalten e Entfernen Sie das Blech beim Modell DREAM POOL oder die Rohre des Modells JET POOL e Entfalten Sie den Liner vollst ndig um das Becken vollst ndig zu entleeren e Dieser Vorgang darf nur durchgef hrt werden um das Schwimmbecken abzubauen Bei den Modellen AR 135E AR 140E mit selbstragendem Skimmer f r Magic Pool Schwimmbecken Neben dem Abfluss des Schwimmbeckens k nnen Sie zu dessen Entleerung auch dieses Ger t verwenden e Heben Sie den selbsttragenden Skimmer so weit dass er auf der Au enseite des Beckens h ng
119. e l aria che si trova nel collettore e Introdurre all interno del filtro solo 85 Kg di sabbia fig 5 B la sabbia viene fornita in sacchi da 25 Kg 34 e La sabbia di silex ha una durata illimitata Va ricollocata solo in caso di perdita Prenda nota del livello di sabbia di silex per ricollocarla eventualmente in futuro e Eliminare i resti di sabbia dalla bocca del filtro e togliere la plastica protettrice e Ricollochi la valvola selettrice TOP con la sua giuntura e collocare la staffa o la chiusura e Premere con forza la vite della staffa che sostiene la valvola al filtro pos 6 fig 4 Collegamento delle manichette Nei modelli AR 135 AR 135L AR 135E e Collegare un estremit della manichetta da 0 58 m pos 8 fig 14 al codolo della valvola selettrice che viene indicato in posizione PUMP premendo con una staffa e collegare l altra estremit alla connessione codolo della parte superiore del motore pos 15 fig 15 che gi montato tramite una staffa e Collegare un estremit della manichetta da 4 5 m pos 10 fig 14 al codolo della valvola selettrice che viene indicato in posizione RETURN tramite una staffa fig 14 e collegare l altra estremit di questa manichetta all imboccatura di ritorno nella piscina tramite una staffa fig 3 e Collegare un estremit della manichetta da 4 5 m allo skimmer tramite una staffa fig 3 NOTA controlli che le manichette permettano il funzionamento dell attrezz
120. ed for the evaluation LVD 73 23 EC 93 68 EC 2006 95 EC EMCD 89 336 EC 92 31 EC 93 68 EC 2004 108 EC RoHS 2002 95 EC Pag 1 of 2 Campoformido 08 09 2008 Report issued by Arianna Fogar Intertek Italia S r l Via Principe di Udine 114 33030 Campoformido UD Tel 39 0432 653411 Fax 39 0432 653499 Intertek Project 3673 Item pictures Not Necessary test reports manual rating plate and 1 Srana hame extension other documents are issued for the item AR135 N 2 Instruction Manual Available C 3 MD Conformity Test Report Not Necessary N 4 MD Conformity Certificates Not Necessary N 5 LVD Test Report Not available N Itis available TUV certificate n Z1A070242435010 a referred to model Compact 25470 and Compact 25471 BEER The client declared that the motor pump model 25470 is E used in AR 135 Available test report issued by Applus Certification Technological Center no 07 3201628 issued on October 18 2007 The product certified is a filter manufactured by BOB Test Report Gre Model Filtro monobloc 2230 The client declares S that the motors used in the model AR 135 is similar in ratings and technology to the one certified by Applus 8 EMCD Conformity Certificates Not available N 9 Electrical Diagram Available the list of spare parts not available the list of c components 10 List of the Critical Components Available i
121. eda ao esvaziamento da piscina Lembre se que com a ajuda do filtro a piscina nao se esvaziar totalmente Quando restarem alguns cent metros de gua e a bomba j n o aspirar gua dever deslig la e Uma vez colocada em funcionamento a bomba para esvaziar a piscina n o interromper o processo at ao final para que n o acumule ar e Se quiser encher novamente a piscina com gua antes retire manualmente a restante gua sem danificar o liner Se quiser desmontar a piscina pode dobrar o liner com a restante gua no centro Retire a chapa no modelo DREAM POOL ou os tubos no modelo JET POOL Desdobrar o liner para esvazi la completamente Esta operac o s deve ser efectuada para desmontar a piscina No modelo AR 135E AR 140E com skimmer autoportante para Piscinas Magic Pool Para al m do desaguadouro que a piscina incorpora poder utilizar a depuradora para esvazi la e Levante o skimmer autoportante at deix lo dependurado no lado exterior da piscina para evitar que a agua entre nele e Desligue a mangueira de aspira o da tomada do skimmer pela parte exterior da parede da piscina afrouxando a bracadeira que a prende com cuidado para n o danificar o liner e segurando a mangueira para que n o perda a gua e mergulhe a imediatamente na piscina para que n o acumule ar e Lastre a extremidade da mangueira de aspira o da tomada do skimmer com um objecto pesado que nao possa danificar o liner para forcar a sua imer
122. ee blows applied to various parts ofthe enclosure IEC 60335 2 41 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 25 of 73 Report No E0852108 If necessary repetition of groups of three blows on a new sample If necessary supplementary or reinforced insulation subjected to the electric strength test of 16 3 Accessible parts of solid insulation shall have sufficient strength to prevent penetration by sharp implements IEC 60335 1 A1 Compliance is checked by subjecting the insulation to the following test unless the thickness of supplementary insulation is at least 1 mm and that of reinforced insulation is at least 2 mm IEC 60335 1 A1 The insulation is raised to the temperature measured during the test of Clause 11 IEC 60335 1 A1 The surface of the insulation is then scratched by means of a hardened steel pin the end of which has the form of a cone with an angle of A0 Its tip is rounded with a radius of 0 25 mm 0 02 mm IEC 60335 1 A1 The pin is held at an angle of 80 85 to the horizontal and loaded so that the force exerted along its axis is 10 N 0 5 N IEC 60335 1 A1 The scratches are made by drawing the pin along the surface of the insulation at a speed of approximately 20 mm s Two parallel scratches are made IEC 60335 1 A1 They are spaced sufficiently apart so that they are not affected by each other their length covering approximately 25 of the length of the insulation IEC 60335 1 A1
123. ehouden ons het recht voor geheel of gedeeltelijk de kenmerken van onze artikelen of de inhouk van deze handleiding zonder voorafgaand bericht te wijzigen Reservamo nos no dereito de alterar total ou parcialmente as caracteristicas os nossos artigos ou o conte do deste documento sem aviso pr vio 19460R0005 11 www gre es INSTRUCTIONS FOR MONOBLOC FILTER ENGLISH Read this manual thoroughly before installing the device and carefully follow the instructions during installation and use Keep this manual for future reference regarding the operation of this equipment e All electrical installations should comply with the following standard European Directive 2006 95 CE of low voltage equipment EN 60335 2 41 safety with electrical equipment or similar particular requirements for pumps e As such with all rules pertaining to to the construction of electrical installations with specific confines swimming pools and fountains or the equivalent standard in force in each region or country e The electrical installation should be done by someone qualified in working with electrical equipment This equipment is not designed for those with physical sensory or mental handicap or people lacking in experience unless done under supervision or with instructions of use from a person in charge of safety e The height of the sand should not exceed 2 3 of the height of the tank e The equipment must not be switched on while the pool is being used
124. elva a colocar la v lvula selectora TOP con su junta y colocar el zuncho o cierre e Apretar fuertemente el tornillo del zuncho que sujeta la v lvula al filtro Pos 6 Fig 4 Conexi n de las mangueras En los modelos AR 135 AR 135L AR 135E e Conectar un extremo de la manguera de 0 58 m Pos 8 Fig 14 a la espiga de la v lvula selectora que viene marcada posici n PUMP apretando con una abrazadera y el otro extremo conectarlo a la conexi n espiga de la parte superior del motor Pos 15 Fig 15 que viene ya montado mediante una abrazadera e Conectar un extremo de una de las mangueras de 4 5 m Pos 10 Fig 14 a la espiga de la v lvula selectora que viene marcada posici n RETURN mediante una abrazadera Fig 14 conectar el otro extremo de esta manguera a la boquilla de retorno en la piscina mediante una abrazadera Fig 3 e Conectar un extremo de la otra manguera de 4 5 m al skimmer mediante una abrazadera Fig 3 NOTA Comprobar que las mangueras permitan la situaci n y fijaci n del equipo de filtrado en una superficie plana y s lida y a m s de 3 5 metros de la piscina ver apartado 2 1 e Conectar el otro extremo de la manguera Pos 10 Fig 15 a la tapa de aspiraci n mediante una abrazadera En los modelos AR 140 AR 140L AR 140E e Conectar un extremo de la manguera de 0 58 m Pos 8 Fig 8 al manguito de entrada de la v lvula selectora que viene ya montado en la posici n PUMP apretando con una abrazadera y el otro extremo c
125. en les jetant dans l environnement Um die Menge an Abf llen die aus elektrischen und elektronischen Ger ten bestehen zu reduzieren die Gefahr einzud mmen die Wiederverwertung der Apparate und die Bewertung dieser R ckst nde zu f rdern und ein geeignetes Management zu finden um die Wirksamkeit des Umweltschutzes zu erh hen werden eine Reihe von Normen festgelegt die auf die Herstellung des Produktes angewandt werden und Normen die sich auf die korrekte und umweltbewusste Entsorgung beziehen wenn diese Produkte zu Abfall werden Ebenso soll das Umweltbewusstsein aller Beteiligten verbessert werden die mit den elektrischen und elektronischen Apparaten w hrend deren gesamtem Nutzungszyklus in Kontakt kommen das sind zum Beispiel die Hersteller die Vertreiber die Benutzer und insbesondere diejenigen die direkt mit der Entsorgung der R ckst nde zu tun haben die durch diese Apparate entstehen Ab dem 13 August 2005 gibt es zwei M glichkeiten f r die R ckgabe wenn Sie diesen Apparat entsorgen m chten e Falls Sie einen neuen hnlichen Apparat oder einen der den gleichen Funktionen dient erwerben k nnen Sie das alte Ger t kostenlos beim Kauf des neuen Ger tes an Ihren Verk ufer zur ckgeben e Oder Sie k nnen den Apparat zu einer der ffentlichen Annahmestellen f r diese Art von Sonderm ll bringen Wir bernehmen die Kosten der Entsorgung Die Apparate sind mit einem Etikett mit dem Symbol eines durchgestrichenen Ab
126. enreiniger Ri n AR206 Bodenreiniger Oval AR 207 hier ben tigen Sie auch den Schlauch mit 938 mm und die Stange AR 102 Fragen Sie bez glich Kauf in Ihrem Gesch ft oder beim Kundendienst des Schwimmbeckenherstellers nach Verwenden Sie immer Original Ersatzteile 30 Ist der Schlauch l nger als zum Erreichen aller Stellen im Schwimmbecken erforderlich erschwert das seine Handhabung Schneiden Sie das berfl ssige Schlauchende ab Achten Sie darauf dass die Gummienden nicht undicht werden F llen des Schlauches f r die Bodenreinigung F hren Sie den Bodenreiniger mit dem angeschlossenen Schlauch langsam und senkrecht in das Schwimmbecken ein wobei sich letzterer langsam mit Wasser f llt Der Rest des Schlauches bleibt au erhalb des Wassers Lassen Sie den Schlauch danach in L ngen von jeweils 50 Zentimeter in das Wasser ein wobei diese nachdem sie sich mit Wasser aufgef llt haben von selbst absinken und im Wasser bleiben sollten Schlie lich muss der ganze Schlauch mit Wasser gef llt sein und im Wasser bleiben Wenn der Schlauch nicht vollst ndig mit Wasser gef llt ist kann der Bodenreiniger nicht saugen was Sch den an der Reinigungsanlage verursachen kann wenn diese leer l uft Bei den Modellen AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L mit Wandskimmer f r die Dream Pool und Jet Pool Schwimmbecken e Geben Sie das Zubeh rteil Absaugungsdeckel mit dem Ausgang nach oben in das Innere des Skimmers ohne den
127. ensoriali o mentali ridotte o senza esperienza a meno che non abbiamo ricevuto supervisione o istruzioni in merito al suo uso da un responsabile della sicurezza e L altezza della sabbia non deve superare i 2 3 dell altezza del deposito e Non mantenga l apparato acceso mentre utilizza la piscina e Non faccia funzionare l attrezzatura se non spurgato correttamente e Non tocchi MAI l attrezzatura in funzione con il corpo umido o le mani umide e Ogni volta che deve manipolare l attrezzatura o la valvola la DISCONNETTA dalla presa di corrente e Si assicuri che il suolo sia secco prima di toccare l attrezzatura elettrica e Non collochi l attrezzatura sommersa o dove possa rimanere sommersa e Non permetta n ai bambini n agli adulti di appoggiarsi o di sedersi sull attrezzatura bambini devono essere controllati per assicurarsi che non giochino con l attrezzatura e Se il cavo flessibile dell alimentazione di questo apparato danneggiato va sostituito solo dal fabbricante o dai suoi servizi tecnici In caso di dubbio consulti un servizio tecnico e La pompa va collegata ad una presa di tensione da 230 V di corrente alterna e 50 Hz con una connessione a terra protetta con un interruttore differenziali RCD con una corrente di funzionamento residuale assegnata che non ecceda i 30 mA e imprescindibile utilizzare un dispositivo di disconnessione multipla con una separazione minima di 3 mm tra i contatti per sconnettere
128. ente Certificado de Garantia n o limita nem afecta os direitos dos consumidores derivados das normas nacionais de car cter imperativo 2 CONDICOES PARTICULARES 2 1 A presente garantia cobre os produtos descritos neste manual 2 2 O presente Certificado de Garantia s sera v lido nos pa ses da Uni o Europeia 2 3 Para a efic cia desta garantia o comprador dever seguir rigorosamente as indicag es do Fabricante contidas na documentac o fornecida com o Produto quando a mesma for aplic vel em fung o da gama e do modelo do Produto 2 4 No caso de se estabelecer um calend rio para a substitui o manuten o ou limpeza de determinadas pecas ou componentes do Produto a garantia s ser v lida se o citado calend rio tiver sido cumprido rigorosamente 3 LIMITACOES 3 1 A presente garantia s ser v lida para as vendas realizadas a consumidores entendendo se por consumidor a pessoa que comprar o Produto com fins n o abrangidos no mbito da sua actividade profissional 3 2 A garantia n o cobre o desgaste normal derivado do uso do produto Em relac o s pecas componentes e ou materiais fungiveis ou consumiveis como pilhas l mpadas etc ter efeito o disposto na documentac o fornecida com o Produto em cada caso 3 3 Esta garantia n o abrange as seguintes situa es I Se o Produto tiver sido objecto de um uso incorrecto Il tiver sido reparado sofrido manuten o ou manipulado por pessoas n o autorizadas ou III
129. eport No E0852108 ZN MM N S Model AR135 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B
130. est of 25 15 is nevertheless withstood for Class 0 Ol and appliances they are of insulating material or are provided with an insulating lining unless a failure of the insulation of the cord does not make accessible metal parts live for Class Il appliances they are of insulating material or if of metal they are insulated from accessible metal parts by supplementary insulation N A Adequate cord anchorages fortype YandZ attachment Cord anchorages only accessible with the aid of a tool or so constructed that the cord can only be fitted with the aid of a tool 25 19 Type X attachment glands not used as cord anchorage in portable appliances Tying the cord into a knot or tying the cord with string not used 25 20 Conductors of the supply cord for type Y and Z attachment adequately additionally insulated 25 21 Space for supply cord for type X attachment or for connection of fixed wiring constructed to permit checking of conductors with respect to correct positioning and connection before fitting any cover no risk of damage to the conductors when fitting the cover no contact with accessible metal parts if a conductor becomes loose etc For portable appliances the uninsulated end of a conductor prevented from any contact with accessible metal parts unless the end of the cord is such that the conductors are unlikely to slip free 25 22 Appliance inlet live parts not accessible during insertion or removal
131. fallcontainers mit R dern versehen Dieses Symbol gibt an dass es sich um Sonderm ll handelt und nicht um gew hnlichen st dtischen M ll Unsere Produkte bestehen aus Materialien und Komponenten hoher Qualit t die umweltfreundlich sind und wieder benutzt oder recycelt werden k nnen Dennoch sind die verschiedenen Teile aus denen dieses Produkt besteht nicht biologisch abbaubar deshalb k nnen sie nicht einfach weggeworfen werden Um dieser Produkt korrekt zu recycling bitte den elektrischen Motor von der Filteranlage zerlegen 64 Allo scopo di ridurre la quantit di residui di apparat elettrici ed elettronici la pericolosit dei componenti promuovere il riutilizzo degli apparecchi la valutazione dei loro residui e determinare una gestione adeguata cercando di migliorare l efficacia della protezione ambientale si stabiliscono una serie di norme applicabili alla fabbricazione del prodotto ed altre relative alla corretta gestione ambientale quando si trasformino in residui Allo stesso modo si cerca di migliorare il comportamento ambientale di tutti gli agenti che intervengono nel ciclo vitale degli apparecchi elettrici ed elettronici come i produttori i distributori i consumatori e in particolare il comportamento di quegli agenti direttamente implicati nella gestione dei residui derivati da questi apparecchi A partire dal 13 agosto del 2005 quando vorr disfarsi di questo apparecchio avr due possibili sistemi di rottamazione
132. filter in the correct position no flow in the feedback nozzle and has become unprimed and prime it The suction cover or the skimmer plug Remove the suction cover or the has been inserted skimmer plug intermittent operation Low water level in skimmer Fill the pool and prime the filter P The filter is not primed Prime the filter Due to use the filter is dirty Perform a backwash NOW ISIS OHNE NE SAW The filter is not primed Prime the filter Water comes out through the mouth of The connection between the valve and Clean the sand from the opening Insert the filter the filter is dirty the coupling on the valve properly and PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION Po The metal band is loose Change the top valve cover Damage of inner coupling due to The filter vale leaks through the drain incorrect use of chemical products Do not put chemical products in the terminal WASTE preliminary filtration skimmer basket Valve head broken due to incorrect use Change the valve head do not over over tightening tighten The motor does not start up It makes Thereisno current ie So Make sure that there is current running no noise or vibration in the electrical line The motor does not start but a buzzing Problem motor Contact the After Sales Service of the sound can be heard pool manufacturer Check the hose clamps Find out where the water is leaking If the leak is between the pump and the from
133. filtro o la v lvula DESCON CTELO de la toma de corriente e Aseg rese de que el suelo est seco antes de tocar el equipo el ctrico e No coloque el equipo sumergido o donde pueda quedar sumergido e No permita ni a ni os ni a adultos apoyarse o sentarse sobre el aparato Los ni os deben ser supervisados para asegurar que no juegan con el equipo e Si el cable flexible de alimentaci n de este aparato est da ado debe ser sustituido s lo por el fabricante Ante la duda consulte con un servicio t cnico e La bomba se debe conectar a una toma de tensi n de 230 V de corriente alterna y 50 Hz con conexi n a tierra protegida con un interruptor diferencial RCD con una corriente de funcionamiento residual asignada que no exceda de 30 mA e Es imprescindible utilizar un dispositivo de desconexi n m ltiple con una separaci n m nima de 3 mm entre contactos para desconectar el fltro de la alimentaci n el ctrica 1 COMPONENTES EMBALAJE El filtro que acaba usted de comprar es un aparato especialmente concebido y dise ado para piscinas elevadas Con un innovador dise o y una gran funcionalidad dispone usted de los diferentes elementos necesarios para filtrar el agua Filtro bomba y v lvula selectora en un mismo aparato Los principales componentes de este filtro son Modelo Fig Pos Denominaci n 1 Filtro AR135 140 2 Bomba AR135L 140L 3 V lvula selectora 1 1 2 AR135E 140E
134. flocculante ecc IN NESSUN CASO IL PRODOTTO CHIMICO VA POSTO NEL CESTO O ATTRAVERSO IL FILTRO QUESTO DETERIOREREBBE O MATERIALI DELL APPARATO E LIMITEREBBE LA SUA EFFICACIA 5 1 Spurgare il filtro imprescindibile che il filtro sia sempre correttamente spurgato Se il filtro non spurgato significa che al suo interno si creata una camera d aria che provoca una circolazione difettosa dell acqua un fatto che impedisce il corretto filtraggio della stessa da parte della sabbia di silex e che pregiudica il motore Il filtro pu non essere spurgato per vari motivi e Messa in moto in una nuova attrezzatura e Messa in moto di un attrezzatura dopo un lungo periodo di mancato utilizzo e Dopo aver utilizzato un pulisci fondi di aspirazione e Assorbimento di aria da parte dello skimmer dovuto a un basso livello di acqua nella piscina e Per un uso scorretto dell attrezzatura del coperchio di aspirazione o del tappo dello skimmer Quando il filtro non spurgato Ci accorgeremo che il filtro non spurgato quando e Verificheremo che il rumore dell acqua che entra in esso suona come una caduta libera un fatto che ci indica che tra l ingresso dell acqua e la sabbia di silex si creata una camera d aria e Verificheremo che dall imboccatura di ritorno escono bolle d aria in eccesso e Verificheremo che il pulisci fondi non fornito non aspira mantenendo pulita la sabbia di silex dopo un lavaggio e Controlleremo che
135. g e Breng via de BINNENKANT VAN HET ZWEMBAD het uiteinde van het koppelstuk door de deur van de skimmer en let erop dat er geen water binnendringt Sluit het aan op de aansluiting van de aanzuigdop door deze schuin te houden om de koppeling te vergemakkelijken Houd het koppelstuk horizontaal en sluit het verder aan Waarschuwing beschadig de deur van de skimmer niet bij deze handeling e Het waterpeil in de skimmer moet zo hoog mogelijk zijn en hoger dan de verbinding van de dop met de slang om te voorkomen dat er lucht binnendringt e Breng de pomp in werking in de stand zuiveren filter en reinig de bodem van het zwembad Bij het model AR 135E AR 135ES AR 135EUK AR 140E AR 140ES AR 140EUK met zelfdragende skimmer voor Magic Pool zwembaden e Verwijder de bovenste ring van de skimmer en plaats in het bovenste deel van de skimmer zonder de korf van de voorfilter te verwijderen de aanzuigdop toebehoren met de aansluiting naar boven en laat de skimmer zinken in het zwembad zodat de aanzuigdop geen lucht opneemt e Ontlucht de slang e Sluit de slang aan op de aanzuigdop en let erop dat er geen lucht binnendringt De koppeling van de slang aan de dop moet steeds ondergedompeld zijn om te voorkomen dat er lucht binnendringt e Breng het toestel in werking en reinig de bodem van het zwembad 46 5 6 Spoelen Nadat de filter werd gereinigd en het toestel opnieuw wordt ingesteld op ZUIVEREN vloeit gedurende enkele seconden troebe
136. g 8 e Ligue uma extremidade da outra mangueira de 4 5 m ao skimmer atrav s de uma bracadeira fig 3 para ligar a outra extremidade coloque a junta circular posic o 16 fig 9 na entrada da bomba insira o macho de ligac o posic o 15 fig 9 atrav s da porca posic o 14 fig 9 e aperte a firmemente ligac o NOTA Verifique se as mangueiras permitem a colocac o e fixac o do aparelho de filtrac o numa superf cie plana e s lida e a mais de 3 5 metros da piscina ver ponto 2 1 e Ligue a extremidade da mangueira de 4 5 m posic o 10 fig 9 que vem do skimmer a esta ligac o atrav s de uma bracadeira Montagem do man metro SEM MAN METRO 3 LIGAC O EL CTRICA No que se refere instalac o el ctrica dever se seguir a norma Directiva Europeia 2006 95 CE de aparelhos de baixa tens o EN 60335 2 41 seguranca em aparelhos electrodom sticos e an logos requisitos particulares para bombas Assim como as normas aplic veis relativas constru o de instalag es el ctricas em locais especiais Piscinas e fontes ou a normas an logas vigentes em cada regi o ou pa s 51 O aparelho deve ser ligado a uma tomada de 230 V de corrente alterna e 50 Hz com ligac o terra protegida com um interruptor diferencial RCD com uma corrente de funcionamento residual que n o exceda os 30 mA N o fornecido Pode adquirir se em estabelecimentos de electricidade e imprescindivel uti
137. g Filterung FILTER wird die Entleerungsschraube die sich neben dem Manometer befindet leicht gelockert damit die sich im Inneren des Filters angesammelte Luft entweichen kann Wenn Sie das Manometer nicht angebracht haben stellen Sie das Ventil auf die Position WASTE e Sobald nur noch Wasser ausflie t zwischen ein und zwei Minuten ist die Schraube zur Entleerung wieder zur schlie en e Schlie en Sie den Filter wieder an die Stromzufuhr an und berpr fen Sie ob nun kein Ger usch von fallendem Wasser mehr zu h ren ist Sollte dies nach wie vor der Fall sein ist der Vorgang zu wiederholen 5 2 Filterung HANTIEREN SIE AUF KEINEN FALL AM VENTIL WENN DER MOTOR IN BETRIEB IST Vor der ersten Filterung ist eine Reinigung des Sandes vorzunehmen Abschnitt 5 3 Das Ventil muss sich in der Stellung zur Filterung FILTER befinden Die Lebensdauer des Filters wird verl ngert wenn er nicht l nger als vier Stunden hintereinander verwendet wird Wie lange die t gliche Filterung dauert h ngt vom Verh ltnis des Wasservolumens Ihres Beckens in m zur Durchflussmenge durch den Filter in m h bei einer Wassertemperatur von rund 21 Grad und einer Entfernung von 3 5 Metern von Ihrem Schwimmbecken ab Schalten Sie den Motor nach vier Stunden Laufzeit zumindest zwei Stunden aus Beckenvolumen in m Durchfluss Filter in m h N tige Stunden Beispiel 2m eh 2 Durchl ufe 4 Stunden mit einer 55mh 7 Unterbrechung von 2 Stunden Pause
138. g a source impedance of 12 Q being used IEC 60335 1 A1 Earthed heating elements in class appliances are disconnected during this test IEC 60335 1 A1 For appliances having surge arresters incorporating spark gaps the test is repeated at a level that is 95 of the flashover voltage IEC 60335 1 A1 The appliance is subjected to injected currents in accordance with IEC 61000 4 6 test level 3 being applicable During the test all frequencies between 0 15 MHz to 80 MHz are covered IEC 60335 1 A1 The appliance is subjected to voltage dips and interruptions in accordance with IEC 61000 4 11 The durations specified in Table 1 of IEC 61000 4 11 are applied to each test level the dips and interruptions being applied at zero crossing of the supply voltage IEC 60335 1 A1 The appliance is subjected to mains signals in accordance with IEC 61000 4 13 test level class 2 being applicable IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 23 of 73 Report No E0852108 19 12 If the safety of the appliance for any of the fault N A conditions specified in 19 11 2 depends on the operation of a miniature fuse link complying with IEC 60127 the test is repeated measuring the current flowing through the fuse link measured current A rated current of the fuse link A 19 13 During the tests the appliance does not emit flames molten metal poisonous or ignitable gas in hazardous amounts Temperature rises not e
139. hacia arriba sin sacar el cesto e Cebar la manguera e Pasar desde EL INTERIOR DE LA PISCINA el extremo de la manguera por la compuerta del skimmer y cuidando que no entre aire en ella conectarla a la toma de la tapa aspiraci n sujetando esta en oblicuo para facilitar la uni n Luego alojarla horizontalmente introduciendo m s la manguera Atenci n no da ar la compuerta del skimmer en esta operaci n e El nivel de agua del skimmer debe estar al m ximo y por encima de la uni n entre la tapa y la manguera para evitar la entrada de aire e Poner en marcha la bomba en posici n de filtrado filter y proceder al limpiado del fondo de la piscina En el modelo AR 135E AR 135ES AR 135EUK AR 140E AR 140ES AR 140EUK con skimmer autoportante para Piscinas Magic Pool e Quitar el anillo superior flotante del skimmer y sin sacar el cesto prefiltro poner en la parte superior del skimmer el accesorio tapa aspiraci n con la toma hacia arriba y hundir el skimmer en el interior de la piscina lo suficiente para que la tapa aspiraci n no tome aire e Cebar la manguera e Cuidando que no entre aire en ella conectarla a la toma de la tapa aspiraci n La uni n de la manguera y la tapa debe quedar siempre sumergida para evitar la entrada de aire e Poner en marcha el equipo y proceder a la limpieza del fondo de la piscina 5 6 Enjuague Despu s de haber realizado un LAVADO del filtro y poner la instalaci n en posici n de FILTRAC
140. he EU countries where this product is sold a network of contact phone numbers is in operation to support end users questions and claims as shown bellow These numbers are included in the instruction manual UK 0800 91 76 778 FR 0892 707 720 DE 0180 333 0123 IT 800 78 1592 NL 0800 022 33 04 BE 0800 10 211 ES PT 34 946 741 708 AUS 49 180 333 0123 SW 0 800 563 820 6 Changes to the previous versions of the files 6 1 Version 1 April 2009 The versions have been added to all the documentation in order to have an easier control of the changes The testing report against the EN 60335 1 and EN 60335 2 41 for the whole device AR 135 issued by Intertek has been added to the file All the documents have been updated for that new document More detailed information about the pump used has been added to the CE file as well as the ISO 9001 certificate for Metalast S A U The contact support phone numbers have been also added in the file As the file involves the motor as the only electrical active part the EC conformity file of the motor has been taken out of the EC file In the same version the EC mark report issued by Intertek Italy has been added AR 135 CE FILE VI 13 out of 13 A U R C FS O O E Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131855 Fax 34 937 134 111 PRODUCT VERIFICATION C FILE ANNEX INSTRUCTION MANUALS PRODUCT Monoblock
141. he Product 3 7 If after six months from the delivery of the Product to the purchaser he notifies a defect in the Product the purchaser must provide proof of the origin and existence of the alleged defect 3 8 This Guarantee Certificate is issued without prejudice to the rights corresponding to consumers under national regulations 4 INDIVIDUAL TERMS 4 1 This guarantee covers the products referred to in this manual 4 2 This Guarantee Certificate will only be applicable in European Union countries 4 3 For this guarantee to be effective the purchaser must strictly follow the Manufacturer s instructions included in the documentation provided with the Product in cases where it is applicable according to the range and model of the Product 4 4 When a time schedule is specified for the replacement maintenance or cleaning of certain parts or components of the Product the guarantee will only be valid if this time schedule has been followed 5 LIMITATIONS 5 1 This guarantee will only be applicable to sales made to consumers understanding by consumer a person who purchases the Product for purposes not related to his professional activities 5 2 The normal wear resulting from using the product is not guaranteed With respect to expendable or consumable parts components and or materials such as batteries light bulbs etc the stipulations in the documentation provided with the Product will apply 5 3 The guarantee does not cover those cases
142. he pump is draining the pool don t interrupt the process until it is finished so that it remains primed If you are going to refill the pool with water first manually remove the remaining water without damaging the liner If you are going to disassemble the pool you can fold the bag with the remaining water in the centre Remove the plate in the DREAM POOL model or the tubes in the JET POOL model Unfold the bag to empty it completely This operation should only be done when you are disassembling the pool For models AR 135E AR 140E self supporting skimmer for Magic Pool Swimming pools e To empty the pool you can use the pool drain or the cleansing unit e Raise the self supporting skimmer until it is hanging outside the pool to prevent water from entering the skimmer e Disconnect the suction hose from the skimmer inlet by the outer part of the pool wall Loosen the clamp which secures the hose carefully so that the liner is not damaged Hold the hose so that it does not leak and remains primed and submerge it immediately in the pool e Weigh down the end of the suction hose with a heavy object which won t damage the liner so that it is forced to sink to the bottom of the pool e Start up the pump and drain the pool Remember that the device will not fully drain the pool When a few centimetres of water are left and the pump no longer sucks in water shut if off e Once the pump is draining the pool don t interrupt the process until it is f
143. his standard are applicable for safety isolating transformers Marking and instructions model or type reference Overload protection of transformers and associated circuits Fail safe transformers comply with subclause 15 5 of IEC 61558 1 Subclauses 19 1 and 19 1 2 of IEC 61558 2 6 are applicable TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B 7 1 Transformers for specific use marked with name trademark or identification mark of the manufacturer or responsible vendor Intertek Page 57 of 73 Report No E0852108 29 Clearances creepage distances and solid insulation 29 1 29 2 and The distances specified in items 2a 2c and 3 in N A 29 3 table 13 of IEC 61558 1 apply ANNEX H NORMATIVE SWITCHES Switches comply with the following clauses of IEC 61058 1 as modified The tests of IEC 61058 1 carried out under the conditions occurring in the appliance Before being tested switches are operated 20 N A times without load Marking and documentation Switches are not required to be marked However switches that can be tested separately from the appliance marked with the manufacturer s name or trade mark and the type reference wo Mechanism The tests may be carried out on a separate sample al Insulation resistance and dielectric strength Not applicable Not applicable Applicable for full disconnection and micro disconnection q Endurance Compliance is checked on three separa
144. hlauches mit 0 58 m Lange Pos 8 Abb 8 mit der Eingangsmuffe des Wechselventils die bereits auf der Position PUMP montiert kommt und fixieren Sie es mit einer Klammer Verbinden Sie das andere Schlauchende mit dem Verbindungsd bel des oberen Motorteils Pos 15 Abb 9 und Abb 15 der bereits montiert kommt mit Hilfe einer Klammer e Bringen Sie eine Flachdichtung Pos 11 Abb 8 im Inneren der R ckflussverbindung RETURN des Wechselventils an und drehen Sie eine Muffe fest Pos 12 Abb 8 Verbinden Sie ein Ende eines der Schl uche mit 4 5 m L nge Pos 10 Abb 8 mittels einer Klammer mit dieser Muffe Pos 13 Abb 8 und verbinden sie das andere Ende dieses Schlauches mittels einer Klammer mit der R ckflussd se im Schwimmbecken Abb 3 e Verbinden Sie ein Ende des anderen Schlauches mit 4 5 m L nge mittels einer Klammer mit dem Skimmer Abb 3 Um das andere Ende zu verbinden bringen Sie einen O Ring Pos 16 Abb 9 am Eingang der Pumpe an f gen Sie mit einer Schraubenmutter die D belverbindung an Pos 14 Abb 9 und drehen Sie diese an der Verbindung fest ANMERKUNG berpr fen Sie ob die Schl uche ausreichen um das Filterger t auf einer ebenen und stabilen Fl che in mindestens 3 5 Metern Entfernung vom Schwimmbecken anzubringen siehe Abschnitt 2 1 e Verbinden Sie das Ende des Schlauches mit 4 5 m L nge Pos 10 Abb 9 das vom Skimmer kommt mittels einer Klammer mit dieser Verbindung ET Sa Montage de
145. i aspirazione o il tappo dello Togliere il tappo di aspirazione o il skimmer sono posti tappo dello skimmer Appena accesa l attrezzatura non da portata nell imboccatura di ritorno Situare l attrezzatura in una posizione corretta e spurgarla B livello di nello skimmer Riempire la piscin rgare il filtro Funzionamento intermittente SE EE Il filtro ha accumulato aria in eccesso Procedere a spurgare il filtro L attrezzatura ha poca portata Pulisca la sabbia dalla bocca collochi Esce acqua dalla bocca del filtro correttamente la giuntura nella valvola La staffa amp allentata e prema con forza sulla staffa La valvola del filtro sgocciola dal Giuntura inferiore danneggiata dall uso terminale di scarico WASTE scorretto del prodotto chimico PROBLEMA Non si accende il motore Non fa nessun rumore n vibrazione Non si accende il motore ma si sente un ronzio Perdita d acqua CAUSA SOLUZIONE Non mettere il prodotto chimico nel cesto prefiltro dello skimmer n nel filtro Valvola della testina rotta per uso Cambiare la valvola della testina non incorretto pressione eccessiva premere eccessivamente Verificare che ci sia corrente nella linea Manca corrente nella linea elettrica elettrica Si metta in contatto con il servizio di Guasto nel motore assistenza del fabbricante della piscina Controlli le staffe delle manichette Se perde tra la pompa e il motore si Analizzi la cau
146. iance with heating elements with restricted heat dissipation test voltage V power input of 0 85 times rated power input Test of 19 2 repeated test voltage V power input of 1 24 times rated power input Test conditions as in cl 11 any control limiting the temperature during tests of cl 11 short circuited TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 19 of 73 Report No E0852108 Test of 19 4 repeated on Class Ol and appliances with tubular sheathed or embedded heating elements No short circuiting but one end of the element connected to the elements sheath The test repeated with reversed polarity and the other end of the heating element connected to the sheath N A The test is not carried out on appliances intended to be permanently connected to fixed wiring and on appliances where an all pole disconnection occurs during the test of 19 4 Appliances with PTC heating elements tested at rated voltage establishing steady conditions The working voltage of the PTC heating element is increased by 5 and the appliance is operated until steady conditions are re established The voltage is then increased in similar steps until 1 5 times working voltage or until the PTC heating element ruptures Stalling test by locking the rotor if the locked rotor torque is smaller than the full load torque or locking moving parts of other appliances Locked rotor motor capacitors open circuited or short circuited if required
147. icates or part 5 2 Parts drawings The parts drawings are attached to the present document 5 3 Electrical installation scheme No electrical installation scheme is included as the device must be easily connected to the electrical network The protections to be included to the specific network are detailed in the instruction manual AR 135 CE FILE VI 9 out of 13 A U R i C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 5 4 Other tests Calculations According to the EN 60335 2 41 standard section 6 2 the protection degree for a non mobile pump situated in a swimming pool and over 3 5 m from the water must be at least X4 The pump protection degree overpasses this specification as it is certified as IP X5 As the pump is working in the same condition as it has been tested against EN 60335 2 41 standard no other tests have been performed to it referring to heating or parts stability 5 5 Quality system to assure the production conformity The product manufacturing control procedures will be the same as used in the company according to the implemented ISO 9001 2004 quality assurance system In case of any complain from the final vendor it will be treated according to the normal procedure The company s certificate is shown below AR 135 CE FILE VI 10 out of 13 A U R C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny
148. icial de filtra o devem ser respeitados os periodos de descanso indicados Recomenda se aumentar o tempo de filtrac o quanto mais elevada for a temperatura da agua da sua piscina 5 3 Lavagem da areia Com o processo de lavagem procedemos limpeza da areia de silex do interior do filtro Este processo deve ser realizado regularmente por isso dever se estar atento aos v rios factores que determinam a sujidade da areia e Detecc o de uma reduc o do caudal de retorno uma vez verificado que a bomba est bem purgada e Indica o de uma press o excessiva agulha situada entre os sinais amarelo e vermelho ou sobre o sinal vermelho no man metro posi o 1 da desmontagem do monobloco Para a lavagem da areia deveremos proceder do seguinte modo e Desligue o aparelho da tomada Nunca mova a v lvula selectora com o motor em funcionamento e Pressione firmemente o comando superior da v lvula desencaixando o nervo anterior do seu alojamento para poder gir la e Gire suavemente o comando at alinhar o nervo anterior com o alojamento da opera o de lavagem backwash e Ligue a mangueira de 38 mm x 1 5 m atrav s do encaixe de 1 1 2 na sa da de esvaziamento waste da v lvula e dirija a outra extremidade da mangueira para um desaguadouro ou esgoto nos modelos AR140 AR140L e AR140E nos modelos AR 135 AR135L e AR135E ligue a mangueira de 38 mm x 1 5 m directamente ao macho da v lvula de esvaziamento marcada como WASTE
149. il filtro della alimentazione elettrica 1 COMPONENTI DELL IMBALLAGGIO Il filtro che ha appena comprato un apparato specialmente concepito e progettato per piscine above ground Con un disegno innovatore e una grande funzionalit Lei dispone dei differenti elementi necessari per filtrare l acqua Filtro pompa e valvola selettrice nello stesso apparato principali componenti di questo filtro sono Modello Pos Denominazione Fig AR135 140 AR135L 140L AR135E 140E AR1350 1400 Valvola selettrice 1 1 2 Tappo di scarico Cavo elettrico di alimentazione Staffa Manichetta da 938 mm x 0 58 m Sabbia di silex Manichetta da 938 mm x 1 5 m lavaggio della sabbia 2 Manichette da 938 mm x 4 5 m an Leck Leck a Iech A 1 8 9 14 15 N Io OD oO IN AR135 140 3 8 9 14 15 33 AR135L 140L 8 9 14 15 13 Staffe AR135E 140E 9 15 14 Dado 2 1 4 9 15 15 Connessione codolo 9 15 16 Giuntura torica AR140 AR140L 8 AR140E AR1400 8 11 Giunture piane Manicotti 1 1 2 NECESSIT PER UNA CORRETTA INSTALLAZIONE Per la sua facilita di installazione questa attrezzatura pu essere montata da una persona adulta e in un periodo di tempo di circa 2 ore avendo sempre la precauzione di seguire correttamente le istruzioni dettagliate in questo manuale Per una manipolazione corretta dei componenti dell attrezza
150. iltre voir paragraphe 5 3 Pour maintenir l eau de la piscine en bon tat il faut galement utiliser les produits chimiques recommand s par le fabricant chlore produit antialgues floculant etc LE PRODUIT CHIMIQUE NE DOIT JAMAIS TRE MIS DANS LE PANIER OU VERSE A TRAVERS LE FILTRE CELA POURRAIT DETERIORER LES MATERIAUX DE L APPAREIL ET EN LIMITER L EFFICACITE 5 1 Amorce du filtre Le filtre doit toujours tre amorc correctement Si le filtre n est pas amorc une poche d air se cr era l int rieur de celui ci provoquant une circulation d fectueuse de l eau qui endommagera le moteur Le filtre peut s tre desamorce pour diff rentes raisons e Mise en marche d un nouvel quipement e Mise en marche d un quipement apr s une longue p riode de non utilisation e Apr s une utilisation incorrecte d un nettoyeur de fonds aspiration e Absorption d air par le skimmer en raison du bas niveau de l eau dans la piscine e En raison d une mauvaise utilisation de l quipement du bouchon d aspiration ou du skimmer Quand le filtre est il d samorc On le d tectera dans les cas suivants e Si l eau p n trant dans le filtre fait un bruit de chute libre cela signifie qu une poche d air s est form e entre l entr e d eau et le sable de silex e Si les bulles d air sortant de la buse de retour sont trop nombreuses e Si le nettoyeur de fond non livr avec l appareil n aspire pas alors que le sable de silex es
151. in 19 13 any current flowing through protective impedance not exceeding the limits specified in If a conductor of a printed board becomes open circuited the appliance is considered to have withstood the particular test provided all three of the following conditions are met the material of the printed circuit board withstands the burning test of annex E any loosened conductor does not reduce the clearances or creepage distances between live parts and accessible metal parts below the values specified in cl 29 the appliance withstands the tests of 19 11 2 with open circuited conductor bridged Before applying the fault conditions a to f in 19 11 2 it is checked if circuits or parts of circuit meet both of the following conditions the electronic circuit is a low power circuit that is the maximum power at low power points does not exceed 15 W according to the tests specified the protection against electric shock fire hazard mechanical hazard or dangerous malfunction in other parts ofthe appliance does not rely on the correct functioning of the electronic circuit TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 21 of 73 Report No E0852108 19 11 2 Fault conditions applied one at atime the appliance operated under conditions specified in cl 11 but supplied at rated voltage the duration of the tests as specified a short circuit of functional insulation if clearances or creepage distances are
152. iness of the water in the pool Depending on the dirtiness the silica sand in the filter should be cleaned with greater or less frequency see section 5 3 To keep the pool water in good condition use the chemical products recommended by the manufacturer chlorine alga protection flocculant etc CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SHOULD NEVER BE PLACED IN THE BASKET OR THROUGH THE FILTER AS THIS WOULD DETERIORATE THE MATERIALS OF THE UNIT AND LIMIT ITS EFFICACY 1 1 Priming the filter The filter must be correctly primed at all times If the filter is not primed this means that an air chamber has been created inside which causes defective circulation of water This fact prevents proper filtration of the water by the silica sand and is detrimental to the motor The filter may become unprimed for several reasons e Starting up a new unit Starting up a unit after an extended period of inactivity Following incorrect use of a suction bottom cleaner Air absorbed by the skimmer due to the low level of water in the pool Due to incorrect use of the unit suction cover or skimmer plug When is the filter unprimed We can tell that the filter is unprimed when e The water entering the filter sounds like it is falling freely This fact indicates that an air chamber has been created between the water inlet and the silica sand e An excess of air bubbles is released through the feedback nozzle e The bottom cleaner not supplied does not operate with suction and
153. inished so that it remains primed e If you are going to refill the pool with water first manually remove the remaining water without damaging the pool THE HOSE SHOULD NOT CONTINUE TO APPLY SUCTION TO THE BOTTOM OF THE POOL LINER THE PUMP MAY BE SERIOUSLY DAMAGED IF IT OPERATES WITHOUT WATER CIRCULATION OR MAY DAMAGE THE LINER 1 5 Cleaning the bottom of the pool In order to clean the bottom of the pool use the equipment s pump with one of the following accessories Kidney shaped bottom cleaner Oval bottom cleaner you will also need an 38 mm hose AR 210 and pole AR 102 To purchase these items consult your establishment or ask the After Sales Service provided by the pool manufacturer Always use original replacement parts A hose which extends beyond the length required to reach all points of the pool is more difficult to use Cut off the section of the hose which is not needed Check that the rubber terminals conserve their seal Priming the bottom cleaner hose Insert the bottom cleaner into the pool vertically with the pole and the hose connected Let it fill with water and keep the rest of the hose outside of the water Continue to insert the hose in the water slowly by 50 cm sections which should be submerged at the same time as they are completely filled with water Proceed up until the end when the entire hose is filled with water and submerged If the hose is not fully primed the bottom cleaner will not perform suction
154. intended for outdoor use shall have a length of at least 10 m IEC 60 335 2 41 N A Supply cord not in contact with sharp points or edges Green yellow core for earthing purposes in Class appliance Conductors of supply cords not consolidated by lead tin soldering where they are subject to contact pressure unless clamping means so constructed that there is no risk of bad contacts due to cold flow of the solder Moulding the cord to part of the enclosure does not damage the insulation of the supply cord Inlet opening so shaped as to prevent damage to the supply cord Unless the enclosure at the inlet opening is of insulation material a non detachable lining or bushing complying with 29 3 for supplementary insulation provided If unsheathed supply cord a similar additional bushing or lining is required unless the appliance is class 0 Supply cords adequately protected against excessive flexing Portable pumps except table fountain pumps and aquarium pumps are subjected to the test EN 60335 2 41 A1 Flexing test applied force N number of flexings TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 40 of 73 Report No E0852108 The test does not result in short circuit between the conductors breakage of more than 10 of the strands of any conductor separation of the conductor from its terminal loosening of any cord guard damage within the meaning of the standard to the cor
155. ion unless the appliance incorporates a switch complying with 24 3 IEC 60335 1 A1 The disconnection may be achieved by having the plug accessible or by incorporating a switch in the fixed wiring in accordance with the wiring rules IEC 60335 1 A1 dimensions of ventilation openings and arrangement Replacement cord instructions type X attachment with a specially prepared cord TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 10 of 73 Report No E0852108 Replacement cord instructions type Y P attachment Replacement cord instructions type Z attachment The instructions for heating appliances incorporating a non self resetting thermal cut out that is reset by disconnection of the supply mains shall contain the substance of the following IEC 60335 1 A1 CAUTION In order to avoid a hazard due to inadvertent resetting of the thermal cut out this appliance must not be supplied through an external switching device such as a timer or connected to a circuit that is regularly switched on and off by the utility IEC 60335 1 A1 The instructions for fixed appliances shall state how the appliance is to be fixed to its support IEC 60335 1 A1 The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state IEC 60335 1 A1 the maximum inlet water pressure in pascals IEC 60335 1 A1 The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose sets shall state that the new h
156. irekt o 38 mm x 1 5 m an Abwasserd se des Ventils gekennzeichnet mit WASTE angeschlossen e Schalten Sie den Filter f r rund zwei Minuten ein bis das austretende Wasser nicht mehr verunreinigt ist Dies k nnen Sie ber das Sichtfenster an der Seite sehen e Schalten Sie das Ger t aus 29 e Stellen Sie das Ventil auf die Sp l Position rinse und schalten Sie den Filter einige Sekunden lang ein e Schalten Sie das Ger t aus stellen Sie auf die gew nschte Position zur Filterung filter und nehmen Sie den Schlauch vom Abwasserausgang waste wenn gew nscht 5 4 Entleeren des Schwimmbeckens Mit diesem Ger t k nnen Sie Ihr Schwimmbecken am Ende der Badesaison fast vollst ndig entleeren Hierzu stellen Sie das Wechselventil auf die Position Entleerung waste Bevor Sie das Ger t einschalten schlie en Sie den Schlauch mit den Ma en o 38 mm x 1 5 m an den Abwasserausgang waste des Ventils an und leiten das andere Ende des Schlauches zu einem Abfluss oder Abwasserkanal Je nach Skimmer ist wie folgt vorzugehen Bei den Modellen AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L mit Wandskimmer f r die Dream Pool und Jet Pool Schwimmbecken e Ziehen Sie den Innenkorb des Skimmers heraus und verschlie en Sie die Absaugung mit dem daf r vorgesehenen mitgelieferten Pfropfen e Entfernen Sie den Absaugschlauch vom Eingang des Skimmers lockern Sie die Klammer die Sie zusammenh lt und halten Sie den Schlauch damit kein Wasser austritt Tauchen Si
157. its coupling and secure with the metal band or seal Firmly tighten the screw on the metal band which joins the valve to the filter pos 6 fig 4 Connecting the hosing For models AR 135 AR 135L AR 135E Connect one end of the 0 58 m hose pos 8 fig 14 to the connection of the selector valve that comes in the PUMP position tightening with a clamp and attach the other end to the pin connection of the upper part of the motor pos 15 fig 15 which is already assembled using a clamp Connect one end of one of the 4 5 m hoses pos 10 fig 14 to the connection of the selector valve which comes in the RETURN position using a clamp fig 14 and connect the other end of the hose to the return nozzle in the swimming pool using a clamp fig 3 Connect one end of the other 4 5 m hose to the skimmer using a clamp fig 3 NOTE Check that the hoses allow the filtering equipment to be located and fixed on a flat solid surface that is more than 3 5 metres from the pool see section 2 1 Connect the other end of the hose pos 10 fig 15 to the suction cover using a clamp For models AR 140 AR 140L AR 140E Connect one end of the 0 58 m hose pos 8 fig 8 to the inlet sleeve of the selector valve which comes in the PUMP position tightening with a clamp and connect the other end to the pin connection of the upper part ofthe motor pos 15 fig 9 y fig 15 which is already assembled using a clamp Put a flat gasket pos
158. k See page 3 Trademark GRE See page 3 The enclosure of electrically operated water valves incorporated in external hose sets for connection of an appliance to the water mains shall be marked with symbol IEC 60417 5036 DB 2002 10 if their working voltage exceeds extra low voltage IEC 60335 1 A1 Pumps having a rated power input exceeding 50 W shall be marked with IEC 60 335 2 41 the minimum total head in metres if gt 0 metres IEC 60 335 2 41 the maximum operating depth in metres if gt 1 metres for submersible pumps IEC 60 335 2 41 the direction of rotation three phase motor only IEC 60 335 2 41 Pumps shall be marked with the maximum liquid temperature which shall not be less than 35 C IEC 60 335 2 41 If the temperature exceeds 35 C they shall be marked with the maximum period of operation unless they are intended for continuous operation IEC 60 335 2 41 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Report No E0852108 Intertek Page 7 of 73 72 Warning for stationary appliances for multiple supply N A Warning placed in vicinity of terminal cover Range of rated values marked with the lower and upper limits separated by a hyphen Different rated values marked with the values separated by an oblique stroke Appliances adjustable for different rated voltages the voltage setting is clearly discernible Appliances with more than one rated voltage or one or more rated voltage
159. l appareil peut tre acquis dans un magasin de mat riel lectrique 4 VANNE DE S LECTION SUP RIEURE La vanne de s lection sup rieure est charg e de s lectionner les 6 fonctions diff rentes du filtre lavage du sable backwash remise en circulation recirculation rin age rinse filtrage filter vidange waste et fermeture closed Pour modifier la position de la vanne proc der comme suit e D brancher le filtre de la prise de courant e Faire pression avec fermet sur le levier sup rieur de la vanne en d bloquant la nervure avant de son logement jusqu ce qu il soit possible de la faire tourner sur elle m me e Faire tourner doucement le levier et aligner la nervure avant avec le logement de l op ration d sir e e Rel cher le levier doucement en v rifiant que la nervure avant est bien encastr e dans son logement 5 FONCTIONNEMENT Le fonctionnement de ce filtre se base sur la capacit de filtrage du sable de silex qu il contient L eau de la piscine est impuls e par la pompe du filtre qui la force passer travers le sable de silex Les impuret s en suspension dans l eau sont alors retenues par le sable agissant comme l ment filtrant L environnement de la piscine arbres pollen insectes ainsi que la fr quence des bains sont notamment des facteurs responsables du degr de salet de l eau de la piscine en fonction desquels il faudra nettoyer plus ou moins fr quemment le sable de silex du f
160. l ensemble des l ments n cessaires au filtrage de l eau c est dire le filtre la pompe et la vanne de s lection en un seul appareil Les principaux l ments de ce filtre sont Mod le Fig Je D nominaton 1 Filtre AR135 140 Pompe AR135L 140L Vanne de s lection 1 1 2 AR135E 140E Bouchon de vidange AR1350 1400 C ble lectrique d alimentation Fermeture Tuyau 838 mm x 0 58 m Sable de silex 17 Tuyau 838 mm x 1 5 m lavage du sable AR135 140 3 8 9 14 15 10 2 Tuyaux 838 mm x 4 5 m AR135L 140L 8 9 14 15 13 Brides AR135E 140E 9 15 14 Ecrou 2 1 4 9 15 15 Raccord de refoulement 9 15 16 Joint torique AR140 AR140L 8 AR140E AR1400 8 11 Joints plats Manchons 1 1 2 CONSEILS POUR UNE INSTALLATION CORRECTE Facile monter cet appareil peut tre install par une seule personne adulte et dans un temps approximatif de 2 heures les instructions d taill es dans ce manuel doivent tre suivies correctement et tout moment Pour une manipulation correcte des l ments du filtre et pour leur installation correcte vous aurez besoin des outils suivants Fonction Outil Outil alternatif Serrer les colliers des tuyaux Tournevis Stecker 7 mm Tournevis t te Philips Couper le liner Cutter Lame Protection du tube du collecteur Morceau de plastique Morceau de tissu 2 AVANT DE CONNECTER L
161. l n est pas amorc correctement e Ne touchez JAMAIS le filtre en marche si vous avez le corps ou les mains humides e Chaque fois que vous devez manipuler le filtre ou la vanne DEBRANCHEZ LES de la prise de courant e V rifiez que le sol est bien sec avant de toucher l quipement lectrique e Ne placez pas le filtre dans un endroit o il pourrait tre mouill e Interdisez aux enfants et aux adultes de s appuyer ou de s asseoir sur l appareil Les enfants doivent tre surveill s afin de s assurer qu ils ne jouent pas avec l appareil e faut remplacer le cable flexible d alimentation de cet appareil s il est ab m Seuls le fabriquant ou ses services techniques peuvent le remplacer En cas de doute consultez le service technique e La pompe doit tre branch e sur une prise de courant de 230 V alternatif et de 50 Hz avec prise de terre prot g e par un interrupteur diff rentiel RCD avec un courant de fonctionnement r siduel assign qui n exc de pas 30mA e Il est indispensable d utiliser un dispositif de sectionnement lectrique multiple avec une s paration minimum de 3 mm entre les contacts afin de d connecter le filtre de l alimentation lectrique 1 LISTE DU MAT RIEL Le filtre dont vous venez de faire l achat est sp cialement concu pour tre utilis dans des piscines hors sol Vous avez maintenant votre disposition un amp quipement d une conception innovante et d une grande fonctionnalit comprenant
162. l water in het zwembad Om te voorkomen dat dit troebel water in het zwembad terecht komt kan de wisselklep in de stand SPOELEN worden ingesteld Handel hierbij als volgt Schakel onmiddellijk na het ZUIVEREN de pomp uit stel de klep in op de stand SPOELEN en breng de pomp gedurende 1 minuut in werking Schakel de pomp daarna opnieuw uit en plaats de klep op de stand ZUIVEREN 5 7 Sluitstand De sluitstand van de klep CLOSED wordt gebruikt om te voorkomen dat het water door de slangen en de filter circuleert 5 8 Recirculatie In deze stand vloeit het water van de pomp rechtstreeks naar het zwembad en gaat het niet door de filter 6 HET SNOER VERVANGEN Een beschadigd snoer mag enkel worden vervangen door de fabrikant of zijn technische dienst 7 ONDERHOUD Bewaar het toestel aan het einde van het seizoen op een droge plaats beschut tegen de weersomstandigheden Hiervoor dient het silex zand een laatste maal automatisch gereinigd te worden dienen de slangen te worden losgemaakt en moet al het water uit de filter worden verwijderd via de ledigingsdop van het reservoir Maak eens al het water uit de filter is verwijderd de schroefring schoon alvorens de dop terug te plaatsen om te voorkomen dat de schroefdop wordt beschadigd De ledigingsdop van de filter mag enkel voor deze toepassing worden gebruikt ZEER BELANGRIJK Controleer of de filter goed is ontlucht alvorens het toestel na een lange periode opnieuw in werking
163. la partie filet e pour liminer tout reste de sable de silex avant de remettre en place le bouchon car des r sidus pourraient endommager Le bouchon de vidange du r servoir filtre ne doit tre utilis que pour cette op ration TR S IMPORTANT avant de remettre le filtre en fonctionnement apr s une longue p riode d inactivit v rifiez que le filtre est bien amorc Entretien de la pompe La pompe du filtre est pr par e pour fonctionner sans aucun type d entretien sp cifique Certains l ments consommables ou soumis l usure peuvent avoir une vie utile inf rieure la p riode de garantie de l appareil Pour toute action d entretien prendre contact avec le fabriquant de la piscine ou le service technique 7 2 R solution de pannes et service technique Ce filtre et les instructions donn es ont t sp cialement con us pour tre utilis s en famille sans avoir faire intervenir sauf cas exceptionnel un professionnel Nous vous pr sentons ici quelques uns des probl mes pouvant se pr senter avec le temps et la diminution de la vie utile de l quipement ainsi que les causes de ces probl mes et la solution y 23 apporter Si cela s av re impossible prenez contact avec le fabricant de la piscine Le num ro de t l phone et les horaires sont indiqu s sur les instructions PROBL ME CAUSE SOLUTION Mettre du T flon dans les logements Le filtre goutte par les extr mit s des Mauvaise connexion des extr
164. less than the values specified in 29 b open circuit at the terminals of any component c short circuit of capacitors unless they comply with IEC 60384 14 d short circuit of any two terminals of an electronic component other than integrated circuits This fault condition is not applied between the two circuits of an optocoupler e failure of triacs in the diode mode f failure of an integrated circuit In each case the test is ended if a non self resetting interruption of the supply occurs within the appliance IEC 60335 1 A1 If the appliance incorporates a protective electronic circuit which operates to ensure compliance with clause 19 the relevant test is repeated with a single fault simulated as indicated in a to f of 19 11 2 Appliances having a switch with an off position obtained by electronic disconnection or a switch that can be placed in the stand by mode are subjected to the tests of 19 11 4 1 to 19 11 4 7 The tests are carried out with the appliance supplied at rated voltage the switch being set in the off position or in the stand by mode IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliances incorporating a protective electronic circuit are subjected to the tests of 19 11 4 1 to 19 11 4 7 The tests are carried out after the protective electronic circuit has operated during the relevant tests of Clause 19 except 19 2 19 6 and 19 11 3 However appliances that are operated for 30 s or 5 min during the test of 19 7 are n
165. lizar um dispositivo de desconex o m ltiplo com uma separa o minima de 3 mm entre contactos para desligar o aparelho da alimentac o el ctrica N o fornecido Pode adquirir se em estabelecimentos de electricidade 4 V LVULA SELECTORA SUPERIOR Atrav s da v lvula selectora superior do filtro seleccionamos as 6 diferentes fung es do filtro lavagem da areia backwash recirculac o recirculation enxaguamento rinse filtrac o filter esvaziamento waste e fechado closed Para alterar a posic o da v lvula proceder do seguinte modo e Desligue o aparelho da tomada e Pressione firmemente o comando superior da v lvula desencaixando o nervo anterior do seu alojamento para poder gir la e Gire suavemente o comando at alinhar o nervo anterior com o alojamento da operac o desejada e Solte o comando devagar verificando se o nervo anterior se encontra bem encaixado no seu alojamento 5 FUNCIONAMENTO O funcionamento deste aparelho baseia se na capacidade de filtrac o da areia de s lex presente no seu interior A gua da piscina impulsionada pela bomba do filtro e forcada a passar atrav s da areia de s lex ficando retidas as impurezas da gua na areia que actua de elemento filtrante O ambiente rvores p len insectos e frequ ncia de banhos s o entre outros factores que determinam a sujidade da gua da piscina e portanto a frequ ncia de limpeza da areia de s lex do filtro ver ponto 5 3 Para manter a
166. lklep met de markering PUMP Sluit met een klemring het andere uiteinde aan op de schacht van het bovenste deel van de motor pos 15 fig 15 dat reeds is gemonteerd e Sluit met een klemring een uiteinde van de slang van 4 5 m pos 10 fig 14 aan op de schacht van de wisselklep met de markering RETURN fig 14 Koppel met een klemring het andere uiteinde aan het mondstuk van de retourleiding in het zwembad fig 3 OPMERKING Controleer met de slangen of het mogelijk is de filteruitrusting op een vlak en stevig oppervlak te installeren op minstens 3 5 m van het zwembad zie hoofdstuk 2 1 e Sluit met een klemring een uiteinde van de andere slang van 4 5 m aan op de skimmer fig 3 e Koppel met een klemring het andere uiteinde pos 10 fig 15 aan het aanzuigstuk Bij modellen AR 140 AR 140L AR 140E e Sluit met een klemring een uiteinde van de slang van 0 58 m pos 8 fig 8 aan op de invoermof van de kiesklep reeds gemonteerd en aangeduid met PUMP Koppel met een klemring het andere uiteinde aan de schacht van het bovenste deel van de motor pos 15 fig 9 y fig 15 dat reeds is gemonteerd e Plaats een platte ring pos 11 fig 8 in het koppelstuk van de retourleiding RETURN van de kiesklep en draai het koppelstuk goed vast pos 12 fig 8 Sluit met een klemring een uiteinde van n van de slangen van 4 5 m pos 10 fig 8 aan op dit koppelstuk pos 13 fig 8 en koppel met een klemring het andere uiteinde aan het
167. lo skimmer allentando la staffa che la sostiene e sostenere la manichetta perch non perda acqua e sommergerla immediatamente nella piscina perch non si riempi di aria e Zavorrare all esterno questa manichetta con un oggetto pesante affinch non danneggi il liner per forzare la sua immersione fino al fondo della piscina e Accendere la pompa e procedere allo svuotamento della piscina Si ricordi che con l aiuto del filtro non si svuoter totalmente la piscina quando resteranno alcuni centimetri di acqua e la pompa non aspiri pi bisogner spegnerla e Una volta accesa la pompa per svuotare la piscina non interrompere il processo fino alla fine affinch non si scolleghi e Se riempir nuovamente la piscina di acqua prima tolga manualmente l acqua restante senza danneggiare il liner e Se smonter la piscina potr piegare il liner con l acqua rimanente nel centro e Ritirare la lastra nel modello DREAM POOL o i tubi nel modello JET POOL e Stendere il liner per svuotarla completamente 37 Questa operazione non va fatta a meno di smontare la piscina Nei modelli AR 135E AR 140E con skimmer autoportante per Piscine Magic Pool Oltre allo scarico incorporato nella piscina si pu utilizzare il depuratore per svuotare la piscina e Sollevare lo skimmer autoportante fino a che resti pendente per la parte laterale esterna della piscina per evitare che vi entri acqua e Scollegare la manichetta di aspirazione dalla presa dello
168. lve V lvula Vanne Sand Arena Sable 147 25 Kg Granule Granulometria Granulom trie 7 260 w 230V 50Hz IP X4 Tmessmax 35 C F Class 1 0 4 0 8 mm CE Page 3 of 73 Report No E0852108 Intertek Ratings Electric pump models ph Voltage Power KW Flow rate m h Maximum head m Minimum head AR135 50 1 230V 482W 5 5m h 9 3 AR700 50 1 230V 260W 3 5m h 6 3 6 The models AR135 L or E are identical to AR135 except for the skimmer The models AR135 and AR1350 are identical but have different flow rate and filtration speed due to hydraulic losses by the accessories used in the two filters The models AR700 and AR700C are identical but have different flow rate and filtration speed due to hydraulic losses by the accessories used in the two filters Intertek Page 4 of 73 Report No E0852108 Test item particulars nanne E Classification of installation and use Class Supply Connection Supply cord plug Possible test case verdicts test case does not apply to the test object test object does meet the requirement test object does not meet the requirement 30 July 2008 18 22 December 2008 General remarks The test results presented in this report relate only to the object tested This report shall not be reproduce
169. ly to clamp supply conductors except internal conductors if so arranged that they are unlikely to be displaced when fitting the supply conductors If soldered connections used the conductor so positioned or fixed that reliance is not placed on soldering alone Soldering alone used barriers provided clearances and creepage distances satisfactory if the conductor becomes free at the soldered joint N A TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 43 of 73 Report No E0852108 26 3 Terminals for type X attachment and for N A connection to fixed wiring so constructed that the conductor is clamped between metal surfaces with sufficient contact pressure and without damaging the conductor Terminals for type X attachment and those for connection to fixed wiring so fixed that when tightening or loosening the clamping means the terminal does not loosen internal wiring is not subjected to stress clearances and creepage distances are not reduced below the values in 29 Compliance checked by inspection and by the test of subclause 8 6 of IEC 60999 1 the torque applied being equal to two thirds of the torque specified Nominal diameter of thread mm screw category torque Nm Terminals for type X attachment except those with a specially prepared cord and those for connection to fixed wiring no special preparation of conductors required and so constructed or placed that conductors prevented from slipping o
170. m Model Fig AR135 140 AR135L 140L AR135E 140E AR1350 1400 N jo jo jo N 41 Slang 838 mm x 1 5 m reiniging zand AR135 140 3 8 9 14 15 10 2 slangen 838 mm x 4 5 m AR135L 140L 8 9 14 15 13 Klemmen AR135E 140E 9 15 14 Moer 2 1 4 9 15 15 Koppelstuk 9 15 16 O ringen AR140 AR140L 8 11 Platte ringen AR140E AR1400 8 12 Koppelstuk 1 1 2 AR135 140 3 17 Wandskimmer Dream Pool zwembaden AR135E 140E 3 18 Zeifdragende skimmer Magic Pool zwembaden immer AR135L 140L Wandskimmer Jet Pool zwembaden AR1350 1400 Zand en toebehoren voor aansluiting zwembad niet bijgeleverd VOORSCHRIFTEN VOOR EEN CORRECTE INSTALLATIE Dankzij een eenvoudige montage kan dit toestel in ongeveer twee uur door een volwassen persoon worden gemonteerd Let er evenwel op dat de instructies van deze gebruiksaanwijzing steeds nauwkeurig worden opgevolgd Om de onderdelen van het toestel correct te hanteren en een juiste installatie te waarborgen is onderstaand gereedschap aanbevolen Functie Gereedschap Alternatief gereedschap De klemmen van de slangen Schroevendraaier stecker 7 Schroevendraaier aanspannen mm mondstuk Philips Snijden in de bekleding Cutter Mesje Bescherming buis reservoir Een stuk plastic Een stuk stof 2 ALVORENS DE FILTER AAN TE SLUITEN Plaats Plaats het toestel op een vlakke en s
171. m a vara e a mangueira ligadas verticalmente deixando que se encha de gua e mantenha o resto da mangueira fora da gua Introduza a mangueira na gua devagar por partes de 50 cm que devem ficar mergulhadas ao mesmo tempo que se enchem completamente de gua at que a mangueira fique toda cheia de gua e mergulhada Se a mangueira n o estiver totalmente purgada o limpador de fundos n o aspirar e poderemos danificar o dreno fazendo o trabalhar em v cuo No modelo AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L com skimmer de parede para Piscinas Dream Pool e Piscinas Jet Pool e Coloque no interior do skimmer o acess rio tampa de aspira o com a tomada para cima sem tirar o cesto e Purgue a mangueira e Passe desde O INTERIOR DA PISCINA a extremidade da mangueira pela comporta do skimmer assegurando se que n o entra ar na mesma ligue a tomada da tampa de aspira o colocando a em obl quo para facilitar a uni o De seguida coloque a na horizontal introduzindo mais a mangueira Aten o n o danificar a comporta do skimmer nesta opera o e O n vel de gua do skimmer deve estar no m ximo e por cima da uni o entre a tampa e a mangueira para evitar a entrada de ar e Coloque a bomba em funcionamento na posi o de filtra o filter e proceda limpeza do fundo da piscina 54 No modelo AR 135E AR 35ES AR 135EUK AR 140E AR 140ES AR 140EUK com skimmer autoportante para Piscinas Magic Pool e Tire o anel superior flutuante d
172. m bij werken aan het toestel of aan de klep e Controleer of de grond droog is alvorens het toestel aan te raken e Plaats het toestel nooit ondergedompeld of waar het ondergedompeld kan raken e Laat kinderen of volwassenen niet steunen of plaatsnemen op het toestel Kinderen moeten steeds vergezeld zijn van een volwassene laat kinderen niet met het toestel spelen e Indien het flexibele voedingssnoer van het toestel is beschadigd mag dit enkel worden vervangen door de fabrikant of de technische dienst Raadpleeg bij twijfel de technische dienst e Het toestel moet worden aangesloten op een geaard netwerk met een wisselstroomspanning van 230 V en 50 Hz en moet beschermd zijn door een differentieelschakelaar RCD met een residuele differentieelstroom van niet meer dan 30 mA e Het is beslist noodzakelijk om een meerpolige schakelaar te gebruiken met een afstand van minstens 3 mm tussen de contacten om de filter los te koppelen van de elektrische voeding 1 COMPONENTEN VERPAKKING Het toestel dat u zopas heeft aangekocht werd speciaal bedacht en ontworpen voor opstaande zwembaden Dit toestel met een vernieuwend ontwerp en tal van mogelijkeheden biedt de verschillende functies aan die noodzakelijk zijn voor het zuiveren van het water een filter pomp en wisselklep in n toestel De voornaamste componenten van dit toestel zijn Pos omschrijving Filter Pomp Wisselklep 1 1 2 Ledigingsdop Snoer elektrische voeding Klem Slang 838 mm x 0 58
173. mbad aan het einde van het seizoen bijna volledig worden geledigd Plaats hiervoor de bovenste wisselklep in de stand waterafvoer waste en sluit alvorens het toestel in werking te stellen een slang met o 38 mm x 1 5 m aan op de waterafvoer waste van de klep en breng het andere uiteinde naar een waterafvoer of riolering Ga naargelang het model van de skimmer als volgt te werk Bij het model AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L met wandskimmer voor Dream Pool zwembaden en Jet Pool zwembaden e Verwijder de binnenkorf uit de skimmer en sluit de aanzuig af met de daartoe bijgeleverde dop e Koppel de aanzuigslang los van de skimmer door de klem te lossen hou de slang vast zodat het water niet kan wegvloeien en dompel deze onmiddellijk onder in het zwembad zodat er geen lucht binnenkomt e Belast het uiteinde van de slang met een zwaar voorwerp dat het zwembad niet beschadigt zodat de slang naar de bodem van het zwembad zinkt e Schakel de pomp in en laat het zwembad leeglopen Denk eraan dat de filter het zwembad niet volledig ledigt Wanneer er nog maar enkele cm rest zuigt de pomp niet meer en moet deze worden uitgeschakeld e Eenmaal het toestel het zwembad ledigt mag het proces niet worden onderbroken om te voorkomen dat er lucht binnendringt e Indien het zwembad opnieuw wordt gevuld verwijder dan eerst handmatig het resterende water zonder het zwembaddoek te beschadigen e Indien het zwembad wordt gedemonteerd kan het zwembaddoek worden opge
174. mente e No se debe efectuar esta operaci n salvo para desmontar la piscina En el modelo AR 135E AR 140E con skimmer autoportante para Piscinas Magic Pool Adem s del desague que incorpora la piscina puede utilizar la depuradora para vaciarla e Levantar el skimmer autoportante hasta que quede colgando por el lateral exterior de la piscina para evitar que el agua entre en l e Desconectar la manguera de aspiraci n de la toma del skimmer por la parte exterior de la pared de la piscina 14 aflojando la abrazadera que la sujeta con precauci n para no da ar el liner y sujetando la manguera para que no pierda agua y sumergirla inmediatamente en la piscina para que no se descebe e Lastrar el extremo esta manguera con un objeto pesado que no pueda da ar el liner para forzar su inmersi n hasta el fondo de la piscina e Poner en marcha la bomba y proceder al vaciado de la piscina Recuerde que con la ayuda del filtro no se vaciara totalmente la piscina cuando queden algunos cent metros de agua y la bomba ya no aspire deber apagarla e Una vez puesta en marcha la bomba para vaciar la piscina no interrumpir el proceso hasta el final para que no se descebe e Si va a llenar nuevamente la piscina de agua antes saque por el desag e el agua restante sin da ar la piscina EVITAR QUE LA MANGUERA QUEDE SUCCIONANDO EL FONDO DE LINER DE LA PISCINA PODRIA PERJUDICAR SERIAMENTE LA BOMBA AL FUNCIONAR SIN CIRCULACION DE AGUA O DANAR EL LINER
175. mit s introduire les extr mit s des tuyaux tuyaux avec les tuyaux jusqu au fond de leur logement et bien serrer les brides La vanne n est pas en position de Debrancher le filtre et placer la vanne filtrage filter dans la bonne position Lorsque le filtre est en marche il n y a L appareil se trouve au dessus du Mettre l appareil dans la bonne position pas de d bit dans la buse de retour niveau de l eau et est d samorc et l amorcer Les bouchons d aspiration et du Retirer le bouchon d aspiration ou celui skimmer sont en place du skimmer Niveau de l eau trop bas dans le Fonctionnement par intermittence skimmer Le filtre est d samorc Amorcer le filtre Remplir la piscine et amorcer le filtre Le d bit de l appareil est faible L eau sort par la buse de l appareil correctement en place le joint de la La fermeture est mal serr e vanne et bien serrer la fermeture Joint inf rieur endommag par le La vanne du filtre goutte par l extr mit mauvais usage d un produit chimique du trop plein WASTE Le moteur ne d marre pas Il n y a ni V rifier que la ligne lectrique bruit ni vibration fonctionne correctement Si l eau fuit entre la pompe et le moteur prenez contact avec le service apres vente du fabricant de la piscine Perte d eau Analyser la cause de la perte d eau 24 ANLEITUNG MONOBLOC FILTER DEUTSCH Lesen Sie diese Anleitung genau durch bevor Sie mit der Inst
176. mondstuk van de retourleiding in het zwembad fig 3 e Sluit met een klemring een uiteinde van de andere slang van 4 5 m aan op de skimmer fig 3 Breng een O ring aan in de invoer van de pomp pos 16 fig 9 plaats het koppelstuk pos 15 fig 9 met behulp van de moer pos 14 fig 9 en draai deze goed vast OPMERKING Controleer met de slangen of het mogelijk is de filteruitrusting op een vlak en stevig oppervlak te installeren op minstens 3 5 m van het zwembad zie hoofdstuk 2 1 e Sluit het andere uiteinde van deze slang van 4 5 m pos 10 fig 9 met een klemring aan op dit koppelstuk Montage van de manometer ZONDER MANOMETER z bell EL O amp 3 ELEKTRISCHE AANSLUITING De elektrische aansluiting dient te voldoen aan onderstaande richtlijnen De Europese richtliin 2006 95 CE De norm EN 60335 2 41 veiligheid van huishoudelijke en soortgelijke toestellen bijzondere voorschriften voor pompen Alsook iedere andere toepasbare richtliin omtrent de aanleg van elektrische installaties in biizondere situaties Zwembaden en fonteinen of soortgelijke van kracht in de regio of het land 43 Het toestel dient te worden aangesloten op een geaard netwerk met een wisselstroomspanning van 230 V en 50 Hz en moet worden beschermd door een differentieelschakelaar RCD met een residuele stroom die niet hoger is dan 30 mA niet bijgeleverd verkrijgbaar in de speciaalzaak e Het is beslis
177. n Ersatzteilen repariert oder instandgehalten Wenn der Mangel auf eine falsche Installation oder Inbetriebnahme zur ckzuf hren ist gilt die vorliegende Garantie nur wenn diese Installation oder Inbetriebnahme in den Kaufvertrag des Produktes eingeschlossen war und von dem Verk ufer oder auf dessen Verantwortung durchgef hrt wurde CERTIFICATO DI GARANZIA 1 ASPETTI GENERALI 1 1 Ai sensi delle seguenti disposizioni il venditore garantisce che il prodotto GRE corrispondente a questa garanzia il Prodotto non presenta alcun difetto di conformit al momento della sua consegna 1 2 Il Periodo di Garanzia per il Prodotto di due 2 anni a decorrere dal momento della consegna dello stesso all acquirente 1 3 Nel caso in cui si venisse a produrre un difetto di conformit del Prodotto e l acquirente lo notificasse al venditore entro il Periodo di Garanzia il venditore dovr riparare o sostituire il Prodotto a sue spese nel luogo che consideri opportuno salvo che ci risulti impossibile o sproporzionato 1 4 Qualora non fosse possibile riparare o sostituire il Prodotto l acquirente potr richiedere una riduzione proporzionale del prezzo o nel caso in cui il difetto di conformit fosse sufficientemente importante lo scioglimento del contratto di vendita 1 5 Le parti sostituite o riparate in virt della presente garanzia non rappresenteranno un prolungamento della scadenza della garanzia del Prodotto originale quantunque disporr
178. n lungo periodo di inattivit assicurarsi che il filtro sia correttamente spurgato Cura della pompa La pompa dell attrezzatura preparata per funzionare con una manutenzione minima Alcuni elementi deperibili o sottomessi a logorio possono avere una vita utile inferiore al periodo di garanzia dell attrezzatura Per qualsiasi azione di manutenzione contatti il fabbricante della piscina o il suo servizio tecnico 7 2 Soluzione di malfunzionamenti e servizio tecnico Questo filtro e le sue istruzioni sono progettate particolarmente per un utilizzo familiare senza la necessit di un intervento professionale salvo in casi eccezionali Qui presentiamo i problemi e le cause che possono emergere con il passare degli anni di vita utile dell attrezzatura che Lei stesso pu risolvere Nel caso in cui non possa risolvere il problema si metta in contatto con il fabbricante della piscina al numero di telefono e negli orari segnalati nelle istruzioni PROBLEMA CAUSA SOLUZIONE Mettere il t flon negli alloggi con filetto Il filtro sgocciola per i terminali delle Cattivo collegamento dei terminali con introdurre i terminali delle manichette manichette le manichette fino al fondo dell alloggio e premere le staffe La valvola non in posizione di Scollegare il filtro e situare la valvola filtraggio filter nella posizione corretta L attrezzatura al di sopra del livello dell acqua ed ha accumulato aria in eccesso Il tappo d
179. n the user manual C 11 Ratig Plate Available on the appliances c 12 Packaging description Available packaging Cc Declaration about the involved 13 Notified Body Required for No needed N machines in Annex IV MD 14 RoHS amp WEEE Conformity Test Non eded N Report 15 RoHS amp WEEE Conformity Available declaration for ROHS and WEEE compliance c Certificates inside the user manual Legend C Complies F Failed N Not necessary Conclusion The technical file is suited for CE marking Pag 2 of 2 Campoformido 08 09 2008 Report issued by Arianna Fogar Intertek Italia S r l Via Principe di Udine 114 33030 Campoformido UD Tel 39 0432 653411 Fax 39 0432 653499 C E R T F C A T E Product Service No Z1A 07 02 42435 010 Holder of Certificate Metalast S A U Paseo Sanllehy 25 08213 Poliny SPAIN Factory ies 42435 Certification Mark TUV DGS Production monitorod Satety tested lt x LL gt ce HA 4 es lt GA ra gt e et LL db 4 et lt Ss e Ss gt ef HA 3 4 Dim H Product Circular Pumps Model s Compact 25470 Compact 25471 Parameters Model 25470 25471 Rated voltage 230V AC 50Hz Rated current 2 16A 2 82A Rated power 482W 630W Type of protection l Degree of water V protection IP 55 fd Max medium Ra temperature 35 C jun Max height 9 3m 10 2m Max
180. n und beginnen Sie mit der Reinigung des Beckenbodens 5 6 Sp lung Nachdem Sie eine REINIGUNG des Filters durchgef hrt haben und das Ger t auf die Position FILTERUNG gestellt haben flie t f r einige Sekunden tr bes Wasser in das Schwimmbecken Um zu vermeiden dass dieses tr be Wasser im Becken zirkuliert gibt es am Wechselventil die Position SPULUNG Gehen Sie wie folgt vor Unmittelbar nach der REINIGUNG schalten Sie die Pumpe aus stellen das Ventil auf die Position SPULUNG Abb 7 und schalten die Pumpe eine Minute lang ein Danach schalten Sie die Pumpe aus und stellen das Ventil auf FILTERUNG 5 7 Schlie en Diese Position des Wechselventils Schlie en CLOSED wird verwendet um ein Durchlaufen des Wassers durch die Schl uche und den Filter zu vermeiden 5 8 Umkehrung der Wasserrichtung In dieser Position des Wechselventils l uft das von der Pumpe kommende Wasser direkt in das Schwimmbecken ohne vorher durch das Innere des Filters geleitet zu werden 6 AUSTAUSCHEN DES KABELS Falls das Stromversorgungskabel besch digt ist darf es nur durch den Hersteller oder seinen technischen Kundendienst ausgetauscht werden 7 WARTUNG Sobald die Badesaison vorbei ist muss das Ger t an einem trockenen und wettergesch tztem Ort aufbewahrt werden Nehmen Sie daher die Schl uche ab nachdem Sie eine letzte Selbstreinigung durchgef hrt haben um den Quarz Sand zu reinigen und leeren Sie das Filterwasser
181. nalise a causa da perda de gua 56 SOLUC O Encha a piscina e purgue o filtro Proceda a purga do filtro Efectue una auto lavagem Proceda a purga do filtro Limpe a areia da boca coloque correctamente a junta na v lvula e aperte o anel com forca Substitua a tampa superior da v lvula N o coloque o produto qu mico na cesta pr filtro do skimmer Substitua a v lvula cabecote n o aperte excessivamente Verifique se h corrente na linha el ctrica Contacte o servico p s venda do fabricante da piscina Reveja as bracadeiras das Perde se entre a bomba e o motor contacte o servico p s venda do 25 15 40 Kg Fig DA 57 on Oo Om a 10 11 MONOBLOC CON BOMBA SENNA 6 gt MLB EAS Tee y 5 3 3 E EEE i 4 rad V di i i d q a f a a Referencia DENOMINATION DENOMINACI N DESIGNATION BESCHREIBUNG DENOMINAZIONE OMSCHRIJVING DESC
182. nection of the hose and the cover should always be under water to ensure that no air enters e Start up the pump in the filter position and proceed to clean the bottom of the pool 1 6 Rinsing Having completed a WASH cycle of the filter and having put the installation to FILTRATION during a few seconds the water will be cloudy flowing into the pool To avoid having this cloudy water running into the pool you can use the RINSE setting Use it as follows immediately after the WASH stop the pump turn the valve to RINSE and connect the pump again for one minute then stop it and turn the valve to FILTRATION 1 7 Closed setting The closed setting for the selector valve is used to prevent water from circulating through the hoses and the filter 1 8 Recirculation With the valve in this position the water goes directly from the pump to the pool without passing through the filter 6 CABLE REPLACEMENT If the power cable is damaged it should only be replaced by the manufacturer or its technical service 2 MAINTENANCE After the bathing season has ended the equipment should be kept in a dry place where it is protected from bad weather For this reason after performing a final backwash to clean the silica sand dismount the hoses and drain the water in the device through the tank drain plug until it is completely empty After removing all of the water from the equipment carefully clean the remains of silica san
183. nections and connections providing earthing continuity withstand mechanical stresses Screws not of soft metal liable to creep such as zinc or aluminium Screws of insulating material not used for any electrical connection or connections providing earthing continuity Screws used for electrical connections or connections providing earthing continuity screw into metal Screws not of insulating material if their replacement by a metal screw can impair supplementary or reinforced insulation Type X attachment screws to be removed for replacement of supply cord or for user maintenance not of insulating material if their replacement by a metal screw can impair basic insulation For screws and nuts test as specified Electrical connections and connections providing earthing continuity constructed so that contact pressure not transmitted through insulating material liable to shrink or distort unless shrinkage or distortion compensated This requirement does not apply to electrical connections in circuits carrying a current not exceeding 0 5A Space threaded sheet metal screws only used for electrical connections if they clamp the parts together see appended table Thread cutting self tapping screws only used for electrical connections if they generate a full form standard machine screw thread Such screws not used ifthey are likely to be operated by the user or installer unless the thread is formed by a swaging ac
184. ng de milieubewuste verwerking door alle agenten die bij de gebruikscyclus van de elektrische en elektronische apparaten betrokken zijn te verbeteren zoals bijvoorbeeld leveranciers distributeurs gebruikers en in het bijzonder de agenten die direct betrokken zijn bij de verwerking van het afval afkomstig van deze apparaten Met ingang van 13 augustus 2005 kunt u uit twee mogelijkheden kiezen wanneer u dit apparaat wilt weggooien e _ wanneer u een nieuw exemplaar aanschaft van een vergelijkbaar type of dat dezelfde functies verricht als het weg te gooien exemplaar kunt u het oude exemplaar zonder kosten bij de distributeur inleveren bij de aankoop van het nieuwe e ofu kunt het naar de afvalverwerking brengen volgens de voorschriften van de lokale overheid Wij zullen de kosten van deze handelingen op ons nemen De apparaten zijn voorzien van een etiket met het symbool van een doorgestreepte afvalcontainer met wielen dit symbool geeft aan dat het apparaat niet met het gewone afval gemengd en apart verwerkt moet worden Onze producten zijn ontworpen en gefabriceerd op basis van materialen en onderdelen van hoge kwaliteit die het milieu ontzien en die hergebruikt en gerecycled kunnen worden Desondanks zijn de diverse onderdelen van dit product niet biologisch afbreekbaar zodat deze niet in het milieu achtergelaten mogen worden Om dit produkt korrekt te recyclen relieve de elektrische motor van de Filterset los maken Com o objectivo de reduzir
185. ngsgem er Verwendung des chemischen Produktes Das Kopfventil ist auf Grund inkorrekter Anwendung defekt zu stark angezogen Das Kopfventil austauschen nicht zu stark anziehen berpr fen ob Strom in der Leitung Keine Stromzufuhr ist Der Motor springt nicht an aber ein Kontaktieren Sie den Kundendienst Austritt von Wasser Wenn der Austritt zwischen Pumpe und Motor erfolgt kontaktieren Sie den Kundendienst des Schwimmbeckenherstellers berpr fen Sie den Grund f r das Austreten dees Wassers 32 ISTRUZIONI FILTRO MONOBLOCCO ITALIANO Legga attentamente questo manuale prima di installare il filtro e segua meticolosamente le indicazioni durante l installazione dello stesso e durante il suo uso Conservi questo manuale per future consultazioni in merito al funzionamento di questo apparato e En In tutto ci che si riferisce all installazione elettrica va seguita la normativa Direttiva Europea 2006 95 CE di apparati di bassa tensione EN 60335 2 41 sicurezza in apparati elettrodomestici e analoghi requisiti particolari per pompe Cos come tutta la normativa applicabile che faccia riferimento alla costruzione di installazioni elettriche in confini speciali Piscine e fontane o analoghe vigente in ogni zona o paese L installazione elettrica deve essere eseguita da personale professionale qualificato in installazioni elettriche Questo apparato non destinato a persone con capacit fisiche s
186. nimum specified for the clearance in table 16 ifthe clearance has been checked according to the test of clause 14 Creepage distances of supplementary insulation at least as specified for basic insulation in table 17 Creepage distances of reinforced insulation at least double as specified for basic insulation in table 17 Creepage distances of functional insulation not less than specified in table 18 Creepage distances may be reduced if the appliance complies with clause 19 with the functional insulation short circuited Supplementary insulation and reinforced insulation shall have adequate thickness or have a sufficient number of layers to withstand the electrical stresses that can be expected during the use of the appliance IEC 60335 1 A1 29 3 1 The thickness of the insulation shall be at least IEC 60335 1 A1 1 mm for supplementary insulation IEC 60335 1 A1 2 mm for reinforced insulation IEC 60335 1 A1 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 50 of 73 Report No E0852108 29 3 2 Each layer of material shall withstand the N A electric strength test of 16 3 for supplementary insulation Supplementary insulation shall consist of at least 2 layers of material and reinforced insulation of at least 3 layers IEC 60335 1 A1 The insulation is subjected to the dry heat test Bb of IEC 60068 2 2 for 48 h at a temperature of 50 K in excess of the maximum temperature rise measured during the test
187. nly 40 Kg of sand inside the filter fig 5 A the sand is provided in sacks of 25 Kg e The silica sand lasts for an unlimited period of time It should only be replaced if lost Record the reference for the level of silica sand for future replacement keeping the remaining sand in the sack in a dry place e Eliminate the remains of sand from the filter opening and remove the protective plastic e Replace the TOP selector valve with its coupling and secure with the metal band or seal according to the diagram e Firmly tighten the screw on the metal band pos 6 fig 4 which joins the valve to the filter Loading the sand AR 140 AR 140E AR 140L Cover the mouth of the collector situated on the inside of the filter with a plastic protector to make sure sand doesn t get in fig 5 B Place the inner collector properly on the bottom of the filter fig 6 Place the collector in such a way so that the main drain pipe pos B fig 7 fits the hole of the lower side of the valve pos A fig 7 This tube B is used to extract air which could be in the collector Put only 85 Kg of sand inside the filter fig 5 B the sand is provided in sacks of 25 Kg The silica sand lasts for an unlimited period of time It should only be replaced if lost Record the reference for the level of silica sand for future replacement Eliminate the remains of sand from the filter opening and remove the protective plastic Replace the TOP selector valve with
188. nstaller et de fixer l quipement de filtrage sur une superficie plane et solide plus de 3 5 m tres de la piscine voir paragraphe 2 1 e Connecter l extr mit du tuyau de 4 5 m pos 10 fig 9 venant du skimmer cette connexion au moyen d une bride de fixation Montage du manom tre SANS MANOM TRE 3 CONNEXION ELECTRIQUE Pour tout ce qui a trait l installation lectrique il faut suivre les normes Directive europ enne 2006 95 CE de mat riels lectriques destin s tre employ s dans certaines limites de tension EN 60335 2 41 s curit des appareils lectrom nagers et analogues r gles particuli res pour les pompes Ainsi que toute norme applicable ayant trait a la construction d installations lectriques aussi bien dans des piscines couvertes que dans des piscines en plein air gt ou les normes analogues en vigueur dans chaque r gion ou pays L appareil doit tre branch sur une prise de courant de 230 V alternatif et de 50 Hz avec prise de terre prot g par un interrupteur diff rentiel RCD avec un courant de fonctionnement r siduel assign n exc amp dant pas 30mA Non livr avec l appareil peut tre acquis dans un magasin de mat riel lectrique e est indispensable d utiliser un dispositif de sectionnement lectrique multiple avec une s paration minimum de 3 mm entre les contacts afin de d connecter le filtre de l alimentation lectrique Non livr avec
189. nstruction manual as to be performed by the final user must be done by an authorized technical service 2 7 Information and warnings labels The labels placed over the product are attached to the present document AR 135 CE FILE VI 7 out of 13 A U R i C P O O L Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain METALAST Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 2 8 Additional protective actions During the assembly or the use of the device there s no need of special clothing or protecting devices apart of the actions described in the instruction manual 2 9 Harmonized standards to be applied The harmonized standards involved in the device are e Directive 2006 42 EC General requirements for machine design e Directive 2006 95 CE Low voltage devices e Directive 2004 108 CE EMC e Directive 2000 14 CE Noise emission e EN 61000 6 1 and 3 Electro magnetic compatibility e EN 60335 1 Electrical household equipment with its amendments and erratum e EN 60335 2 41 Particular requirements for pumps and amendments Other standards may apply depending on local regulations 2 10 Product analysis according to low tension directive The electrical active parts of the device have been tested according to the EN 60335 2 41 standard by TUV Product service in order to obtain the GS certification The certificate obtained is attached as an annex No other electrical active part is used in the device 2
190. ntroducir en el interior del filtro s lo 40 Kg de arena Fig 5A la arena se suministra en sacos de 25 Kg e La arena de s lex tiene una duraci n ilimitada S lo debe reponerse en caso de p rdida Tome la referencia del nivel de arena de s lex para reposiciones futuras para ello guarde la arena sobrante dentro del saco y en un lugar seco e Eliminar los restos de arena de la boca del filtro y retirar el pl stico protector e Colocar la v lvula selectora TOP con su junta y colocar el zuncho o cierre seg n dibujos e Apretar fuertemente el tornillo del zuncho Pos 6 Fig 4 que sujeta la v lvula al filtro Carga de la arena AR 140 AR 140E AR 140L e Tapar la boca del tubo del colector interior con un pl stico protector para evitar la entrada de arena Fig 5B e Asentar correctamente el colector interior en el fondo del filtro Fig 6 e Colocar el colector de tal manera que el tubo purga del colector Pos B Fig 7 coincida en el hueco que tiene la v lvula en la parte inferior Pos A Fig 7 Este tubo B ayuda a extraer el aire que hubiera en el colector e Introducir en el interior del filtro s lo 85 Kg de arena Fig 5 B la arena se suministra en sacos de 25 Kg e La arena de s lex tiene una duraci n ilimitada S lo debe reponerse en caso de p rdida Tome la referencia del nivel de arena de s lex para reposiciones futuras 11 e Eliminar los restos de arena de la boca del filtro y retirar el pl stico protector e Vu
191. o de su actividad profesional 3 2 No se otorga ninguna garant a respecto del normal desgaste por uso del producto En relaci n con las piezas componentes y o materiales fungibles o consumibles como pilas bombillas etc se estar a lo dispuesto en la documentaci n que acompa e al Producto en su caso 3 3 La garant a no cubre aquellos casos en que el Producto I haya sido objeto de un trato incorrecto Il haya sido reparado mantenido o manipulado por persona no autorizada o III haya sido reparado o mantenido con piezas no originales Cuando la falta de conformidad del Producto sea consecuencia de una incorrecta instalaci n o puesta en marcha la presente garant a s lo responder cuando dicha instalaci n o puesta en marcha est incluida en el contrato de compra venta del Producto y haya sido realizada por el vendedor o bajo su responsabilidad CERTIFICAT DE GARANTIE 1 ASPECTS GENERAUX 1 1 Conform ment ces dispositions le vendeur garantit que le produit GRE correspondant cette garantie le Produit ne pr sente aucun d faut de conformit la date de sa livraison 1 2 La P riode de Garantie pour le Produit est de deux 2 ans et elle sera calcul e partir du moment de sa remise l acheteur 1 3 S il se produisait un d faut de conformit du Produit et si l acheteur le notifiait au vendeur pendant la P riode de Garantie le vendeur devrait r parer ou remplacer le Produit ses propres frais l endroit
192. o in obliquo per facilitarne l unione Dopodich alloggiarla orizzontalmente introducendo di pi la manichetta Attenzione non danneggiare la chiusa dello skimmer in questa operazione e Il livello di acqua dello skimmer dev essere al massimo e al di sopra dell unione tra il tappo e la manichetta per evitare l ingresso di aria e Mettere in moto la pompa in posizione di filtraggio filter e procedere alla pulizia del fondo della piscina Nei modelli AR 135E AR 135ES AR 135EUK AR 140E AR 140ES AR 140EUK con skimmer autoportante per Piscine Magic Pool e Togliere l anello superiore galleggiante dello skimmer e senza togliere il cesto prefiltro inserire nella parte superiore dello skimmer l accessorio tappo aspirazione con la presa verso l alto e sommergere lo skimmer all interno della piscina quanto necessario per evitare l ingresso di aria nel tappo aspirazione e Spurgare la manichetta e Facendo attenzione a che non vi entri aria collegarla alla presa del tappo aspirazione L unione della manichetta e del tappo dev essere sempre sommersa per evitare l ingresso di aria e Mettere in moto l attrezzatura e procedere alla pulizia del fondo della piscina 38 5 6 Risciacquo Dopo aver realizzato un LAVAGGIO del filtro e aver posto l installazione in posizione di FILTRAGGIO per alcuni secondi l acqua affluisce alla piscina di color torbido Per evitare che quest acqua circoli nella piscina esiste questa opzione
193. o skimmer e sem arrancar o cesto de pr filtro coloque na parte superior do skimmer o acess rio tampa de aspirac o com a tomada para cima e mergulhe o skimmer no interior da piscina o suficiente para que a tampa de aspirac o n o apanhe ar e Purgue a mangueira e Assegurando se que n o entra ar na mesma ligue a tomada da tampa de aspira o A uni o da mangueira e a tampa devem ficar sempre mergulhadas para evitar a entrada de ar e Coloque o aparelho em funcionamento e proceda limpeza do fundo da piscina 5 6 Enxaguamento nos modelos S Ap s a LAVAGEM do filtro e de se colocar a instala o na posi o de FILTRA O durante uns segundos a agua aflui a piscina numa cor turva Para evitar que esta gua turva circule na piscina existe a posic o da v lvula selectora ENXAGUAMENTO Actue da seguinte forma imediatamente ap s a LAVAGEM pare a bomba coloque a v lvula na posi o de _ ENXAGUAMENTO e ligue o aparelho durante 1 minuto ap s o que deve par lo e colocar a v lvula em FILTRAGAO 5 7 Fechado Utiliza se a posic o da v lvula selectora fechado CLOSED para evitar a circulac o da gua atrav s das mangueiras e do filtro 5 8 Recirculac o Nesta posic o a v lvula selectora efectua a passagem da gua procedente da bomba directamente na piscina sem passar pelo interior do filtro 6 SUBSTITUIC O DO CABO Se o cabo de alimenta o estiver danificado deve apenas ser subs
194. o solo debe ser usado en esta operaci n MUY IMPORTANTE Antes de poner el filtro en funcionamiento tras un largo periodo de inactividad compruebe que el filtro est correctamente cebado Cuidados de la bomba La bomba del equipo est preparada para funcionar con un m nimo mantenimiento Algunos elementos fungibles o sometidos a desgaste pueden tener una vida til inferior al per odo de garant a del equipo Para cualquier acci n de mantenimiento contacte con el fabricante de la piscina o su servicio t cnico 7 2 Soluci n de averias y servicio t cnico Este filtro y sus instrucciones est n especialmente dise ados para una utilizaci n familiar sin necesidad de una intervenci n profesional salvo en casos excepcionales Aqu presentamos los problemas y causas que pueden surgir con el paso de los a os de vida til del equipo y que usted puede solucionar En caso de no poder solucionar su problema contacte con el fabricante de la piscina en el tel fono y horario se alado en sus instrucciones PROBLEMA CAUSA SOLUCI N En los alojamientos con rosca poner El filtro gotea por los terminales de las Mala conexi n de los terminales con tefl n e introducir los terminales de las mangueras las mangueras mangueras hasta el fondo del alojamiento y apretar las abrazaderas La v lvula no est en la posici n de Desconectar el filtro y situar la v lvula filtrado filter en la posici n correcta Una vez puesto en marcha el equipo El eq
195. oduct flow rate and filtration speed is different due to the hydraulic loses caused by all the accessories provided with the AR135 versions The AR135 versions L E have also the same filtration unit but have different skimmer to be used with another model of pool 1 3 Product description The product is an assembly of a sand filter and an electrical self priming pump The assembly has a sand filter apump and a selecting valve It could also include some accessories such as the connecting hoses They are detailed in the product parts list Section 3 3 The pump assembled on this product is named Compact with reference 25470 and it is manufactured by Metalast S A U AR 135 CE FILE VI 4 out of 13 AURICPOOL METALAST Address Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain Phone 34 937 131 855 Fax 34 937 134 111 The product rated power and the filtration flow rate are detailed below All the devices have been designed to be used in a 230V 50 Hz electrical network It is designed as a Class I household electrical device The pump has an insulation degree class F and a service class S1 The device is provided with the cable and the plug ready to be connected to the electrical network The cable has been designed to be a class Y according to the EN 60335 1 standard so it cannot be changed or repaired by the end user PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MODEL RAT
196. of Clause 19 At the end of the period the insulation is subjected to the electric strength test of 16 3 at the conditioning temperature and also after it has cooled down to room temperature IEC 60335 1 A1 RESISTANCE TO HEAT AND FIRE EZ External parts of non metallic material parts supporting live parts and thermoplastic material providing supplementary or reinforced insulation sufficiently resistant to heat Ball pressure test according to IEC 60695 10 2 Parts supporting live parts at 40 C plus the maximum temperature rise determined during the test of clause 11 or at 125 C whichever is the higher temperature C Parts of thermoplastic material providing supplementary or reinforced insulation 25 C plus the maximum temperature rise determined during clause 19 if higher temperature C A 2 Relevant parts of non metallic material adequately resistant to ignition and spread of fire 30 2 1 Glow wire test of IEC 60695 2 11 at 550 C unless the material is classified at least HB40 according to IEC 60695 11 10 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B External parts at 40 C plus the maximum temperature rise determined during the test of clause 11 or at 75 C whichever is the higher temperature C Intertek Page 51 0f 73 Report No E0852108 Parts for which the glow wire test cannot be N A carried out meet the requirements in ISO9772 for category HBF material Appliances operated while unat
197. of 2 55m h 7 hours In the initial filtration treatment it is important to leave the device at a standstill for the periods indicated It is recommended that you increase the amount of time in proportion to any temperature rise in the pool 1 3 Filter backwash The backwash process cleans the silica sand from inside the filter This process should be done regularly and so you should observe several factors which indicate the dirtiness of the sand e A decrease in the flow rate of feedback is detected after checking that the pump is well primed e Pressure gauge pos 1 of the diagram of the monobloc indicates that there is excess pressure needle pointing between yellow and red or on red To clean the filter proceed as follows Disconnect the device from the power point Never move the selector valve while the motor is running Firmly press the upper selector valve displacing the front rib until you can turn it Turn the control gently until the front rib is in line with the backwash operation backwash Connect the 938 mm x 1 5 m hose with the hose sleeve of 1 Y to the valve waste outlet from the valve and direct the other end of the hose to a drain or sewer for model numbers AR140 AR140L y AR140E with model numbers AR135 AR135L y AR135E connect the 938 mm x 1 5 m hose directly to the valve waste outlet marked as WASTE e Run the device for approximately 2 minutes until impurities no longer run out with the water you can view the
198. olide ondergrond op minstens 3 5 m van het zwembad conform de installatienorm voor elektrische toestellen bij zwembaden die van kracht is in de regio of in het land en op gelijke hoogte met de bodem van het zwembad om te voorkomen dat er lucht in de filter binnendringt fig 2 Het is aanbevolen het toestel afgeschermd te houden van de zon en de regen en voldoende ventilatieruimte vrij te laten wanneer het toestel is ingeschakeld Dek het toestel nooit af wanneer het in werking is Indien het toestel zonder slangen wordt geleverd moeten slangen worden gebruikt die minstens 4 5 m lang zijn en die het mogelijk maken de filteruitrusting op een vlak en stevig oppervlak te plaatsen op minstens 3 5 m van het zwembad Deze slangen kunnen worden verkregen als optioneel pakket bij uw vekooppunt Neem bij twijfels omtrent de installatie contact op met uw verkooppunt of een erkende technische dienst Montage Volg eenmaal het toestel is geplaatst onderstaande instructies op Vullen met zand AR 135 AR 135E AR 135L e Dek het mondstuk van het reservoir in de filter af met een beschermend plastic om te voorkomen dat er zand binnendringt fig 5 A e Plaats het binnenste reservoir correct op de bodem van de filter fig 6 e Breng 40 kg zand in de filter fig 5 A het zand wordt geleverd in zakken van 25 kg e Het silex zand heeft een onbeperkte levensduur en dient enkel te worden aangevuld bij zandverlies Markeer het peil van het silex zand als verde
199. on nn Vite manicotto Vite manicotto Porca cachimbo Union nut Union gris macho uni n gris Mach n Schlaiehverbiridun Pilone unione tubo Pilone unione tubo Macho uni o 25470G0102 38mm O ring 038 uni union tuyau 038 038mm 038mm mangueira Junta 54x2 5mm e Mm Junia 038mm Joint g Lomm Guarnizione t riaue Guarnizione t riave t rica GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE 3 GENERAL TERMS 3 1 In accordance with these provisions the seller guarantees that the GRE product corresponding to this guarantee the Product is in perfect condition at the time of delivery 3 2 The Guarantee Term for the Product is two 2 years from the time it is delivered to the purchaser 3 3 In the event of any defect in the Product that is notified by the purchaser to the seller during the Guarantee Term the seller will be obliged to repair or replace the Product at his own cost and wherever he deems suitable unless this is impossible or unreasonable 3 4 If it is not possible to repair or replace the Product the purchaser may ask for a proportional reduction in the price or if the defect is sufficiently significant the termination of the sales contract 3 5 The replaced or repaired parts under this guarantee will not extend the guarantee period of the original Product but will have a separate guarantee 3 6 In order for this guarantee to come into effect the purchaser must provide proof of the date of purchase and delivery of t
200. on scopi che non rientrano nell ambito della sua attivit professionale 3 2 No viene concessa alcuna garanzia nei riguardi del normale consumo per uso del prodotto In merito ai pezzi ai componenti e o ai materiali fusibili o consumabili come pile lampadine ecc ove sussista si applicher quanto disposto nella documentazione che allegata al Prodotto 3 3 La garanzia non copre i casi in cui il Prodotto I sia stato oggetto di un uso non corretto Il sia stato riparato manipolato o la manutenzione sia stata effettuata da una persona non autorizzata o III sia stato riparato o la manutenzione sia stata effettuata con pezzi non originali Qualora il difetto di conformit del Prodotto sia conseguenza di una installazione o messa in marcia non corretta la presente garanzia risponder solo nel caso in cui la suddetta installazione o messa in marcia sia compresa nel contratto di compravendita del Prodotto e sia stata realizzata dal venditore o sotto la sua responsabilit 62 GARANTIECERTIFIKAAT 1 ALGEMENE ASPEKTEN 1 1 In overeenkomst met de voorliggende bepalingen wordt door de verkoper gegarandeerd dat het produkt GRE verkocht onder deze garantie het Produkt geen enkel defekt vertoont op het moment van levering 1 2 De Garantieperiode voor het Produkt bedraagt twee 2 jaar en is geldig vanaf het moment dat het Produkt aan de koper geleverd wordt 1 3 Indien er zich een defekt aan het Produkt zou voordoen en de koper dit
201. onectarlo a la conexi n espiga de la parte superior del motor Pos 15 Fig 9 y Fig 15 que viene ya montado mediante una abrazadera e Alojar una junta plana Pos 11 Fig 8 en el interior de la conexi n de retorno RETURN de la v lvula selectora y roscar fuertemente un manguito Pos 12 Fig 8 conectar un extremo de una de las mangueras de 4 5 m Pos 10 Fig 8 a este manguito mediante una abrazadera Pos 13 Fig 8 conectar el otro extremo de esta manguera a la boquilla de retorno en la piscina mediante una abrazadera Fig 3 e Conectar un extremo de la otra manguera de 4 5 m al skimmer mediante una abrazadera Fig 3 para conectar el otro extremo alojar la junta torica Pos 16 Fig 9 en la entrada de la bomba insertar la conexi n espiga Pos 15 Fig 9 a trav s de la tuerca Pos 14 Fig 9 y roscar fuertemente esta a la conexi n NOTA Comprobar que las mangueras permitan la situaci n y fijaci n del equipo de filtrado en una superficie plana y s lida y a m s de 3 5 metros de la piscina ver apartado 2 1 e Conectar el extremo de la manguera de 4 5 m Pos 10 Fig 9 que viene del skimmer a esta conexi n mediante una abrazadera Montaje del man metro SIN MANOMETRO o 4 3 CONEXI N EL CTRICA En todo lo referente a la instalaci n el ctrica debe seguirse la normativa Y Br H Directiva Europea 2006 95 CE de aparatos de baja tensi n EN 60335 2 41 seguridad en aparatos electrodom sticos y an
202. ontract van koop en verkoop van het produkt opgenomen is en door de verkoper of onder diens verantwoording uitgevoerd is CERTIFICADO DE GARANTIA 1 CONDI ES GERAIS 1 1 De acordo com estas disposi es o vendedor garante que no momento da entrega o produto GRE correspondente a esta garantia o Produto n o apresenta nenhum tipo de falta de conformidade 1 2 O Per odo de Garantia para o Produto de dois 2 anos contados a partir da data de entrega ao comprador 1 3 Se durante o per odo de garantia o comprador notificar ao vendedor alguma falta de conformidade do Produto o vendedor dever reparar ou substituir o Produto por sua conta no lugar onde considerar conveniente salvo que isso seja imposs vel ou desmesurado 1 4 Quando n o for poss vel reparar ou substituir o Produto o comprador poder solicitar uma redu o proporcional do preco ou se a falta de conformidade for o suficientemente grave a rescis o do contrato de venda 1 5 As partes substitu das ou reparadas em virtude desta garantia n o ampliar o o per odo de garantia do Produto original mas dispor o da sua pr pria garantia 1 6 Para que a presente garantia tenha efeito o comprador dever apresentar o comprovante da data de compra e de entrega do Produto 1 7 Se o comprador alegar uma falta de confomidade do Produto passados mais de seis meses da data de entrega do mesmo dever demonstrar a origem e a exist ncia do defeito alegado 1 8 O pres
203. or fixings by supplementary insulation This requirement does not apply to handles levers and knobs on stationary appliances other than those of electrical components provided they are either reliably connected to an earthing terminal or earthing contact or separated from live parts by earthed metal Handles continuously held in the hand in normal use are so constructed that when gripped as in normal use the operators hand is not likely to touch metal parts unless they are separated from live parts by double or reinforced insulation Capacitors in Class Il appliances not connected to accessible metal parts unless complying with 22 42 Metal casings of capacitors in Class Il appliances separated from accessible metal parts by supplementary insulation unless complying with 22 42 Motor operated appliances and combined appliances intended to be moved while in operation or having accessible moving parts fitted with a switch to control the motor The actuating member of the switch being easily visible and accessible TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B N A Intertek Page 32 of 73 Report No E0852108 The requirement is not applicable to N A submersible pumps and vertical wet pit pumps IEC 60 335 2 41 22 41 No components other than lamps containing P mercury 22 42 Protective impedance consisting of at least two separate components 22 43 Values specified in 8 1 4 not exceeded if any one of the components are short ci
204. or het gebruik Laat de filter automatisch reinigen Er zit lucht in de filter Ontlucht de filter De verbinding tussen de klep en de Maak het mondstuk schoon plaats de on da NEMON IUK VATE filter is vuil pakking correct op de klep ni de De klem zit los klem strak aan De klep lekt bij de waterafvoer De inwendige pakking is beschadigd Vervang het bovenste deksel van de WASTE door onjuist gebruik van een chemisch klep 47 Laag waterpeil in de skimmer Haperende werking Lage doorstroom PROBLEEM OORZAAK OPLOSSING product Breng geen chemisch product aan in de korf van de voorfilter van de skimmer noch in de filter zelf De kop van de klep is defect door onjuist gebruik te strak aangespannen Vervang de kop van de klep en span deze niet te strak aan De motor start niet Hij maakt geen geluid en trilt niet De motor start niet maar maakt wel Motordefect Neem contact op met de dienst een zoem geluid i naverkoop van de zwembadfabrikant Controleer de klemmen van de Er is geen elektrische stroom Controleer de elektrische spanning Waterverlies Ga de oorzaak van het waterverlies na Neem bij waterverlies tussen de motor en de pomp contact op met de dienst naverkoop van de zwembadfabrikant 48 INSTRU ES FILTRO MONOBLOCO PORTUGUES Leia com aten o este manual antes de instalar o filtro e siga rigorosamente as indica es durante a instala o e respectivo
205. ores do ambiente que podem ser reutilizados e reciclados No entanto as diferentes partes que comp em este produto n o s o biodegrad veis e portanto n o devem ser abandonadas no meio ambiente Para a reciclagem correta deste equipamento por favor separe o motor electrico do resto do aparelho de filtra o 65 E PRODUCTOS NL PRODUKTEN GB PRODUCTS S PRODUKTER D PRODUKTE N PRODUKTER F PRODUITS DK PRODUKTER I PRODOTTI SF TOUTTEET P PRODUTOS GR TIPIONTA METALAST S A U Passeig Sanllehy 25 E 08213 Poliny Spain AR 135 AR 1350 AR 140 AR 1400 MONOBLOC FILTER 2380 2480 DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD Los productos arriba enumerados se hallan conformes con Directiva de seguridad de m quinas 2006 42 CE Directiva de compatibilidad electromagnetica 2004 108 CE y sus modificaciones Directiva de equipos de baja tensi n 2006 95 CE Normativa Europea EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE CONFORMITEITSVERKLARING Bovenstaande produkten voldoen aan de veiligheidsvoorschriften van de Richtliin 2006 42 CE voor Machines de Richtlijn 2004 108 CE voor electromagnetische verenigbaarheid de Richtlijn 2006 95 CE voor laagspanning en aan de Europese Standaard EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY The products listed above are in compliance with the safety prescriptions of the Machinery Directive 2006 42 CE Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 108 CE and its modifications Low Vol
206. ose sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose sets should not be reused IEC 60335 1 A1 13 Instructions and other texts in an official language Marking clearly legible and durable Marking on a main part Marking clearly discernible from the outside if necessary after removal of a cover For portable appliances cover can be removed or opened without a tool E For stationary appliances name trademark or identification mark and model or type reference visible after installation 0 the minimum inlet water pressure in N A pascals if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance IEC 60335 1 A1 a a TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 11 of 73 Report No E0852108 For fixed appliances name trademark or N A identification mark and model or type reference visible after installation according to the instructions Indications for switches and controls placed on or near the components Marking not on parts which can be positioned or repositioned in such a Way that the marking is misleading Marking of a possible replaceable thermal link or fuse link clearly visible with regard to replacing the link 8 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCESS TO LIVE PARTS 8 1 Adequate protection against accidental contact with live parts 8 1 1 Requirement applies for all positions detachable parts removed Insertion or removal of lamps protection against contact with live parts
207. ot subjected to the tests for electromagnetic phenomena IEC 60335 1 A1 The tests are carried out with surge arresters N A disconnected unless they incorporate spark gaps IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 22 of 73 Report No E0852108 19 11 4 1 The appliance is subjected to electrostatic discharges in accordance with IEC 61000 4 2 test level 4 being applicable Ten discharges having a positive polarity and ten discharges having a negative polarity are applied at each preselected point IEC 60335 1 A1 The appliance is subjected to radiated fields in accordance with IEC 61000 4 3 test level 3 being applicable IEC 60335 1 A1 N A 19 11 4 4 19 11 4 5 19 11 4 6 19 11 4 7 The appliance is subjected to fast transient bursts in accordance with IEC 61000 4 4 Test level 3 s applicable for signal and control lines Test level 4 is applicable for the power supply lines The bursts are applied for 2 min with a positive polarity and for 2 min with a negative polarity IEC 60335 1 A1 The power supply terminals of the appliance are subjected to voltage surges in accordance with IEC 61000 4 5 five positive impulses and five negative impulses being applied at the selected points Test level 3 is applicable for the line to line coupling mode a generator having a source impedance of 2 Q being used Test level 4 is applicable for the line to earth coupling mode a generator havin
208. pool in accordance with standard installation regulations of electric equipment in swimming pools in force in each region or country and at the same level as the bottom of the pool to prevent air from entering the cleansing circuit and to ensure that the device remains primed fig 2 The device should be protected from sun and rain and kept it in an area with sufficient ventilation during operation Never cover it during operation In models where pool connection hoses are supplied these will be 4 5 metres in length In all cases check that this length is sufficient in order to install the apparatus on a flat solid surface more than 3 5 metres away from the pool If the hose length is insufficient contact your service centre When hoses are not supplied with the apparatus hoses with a minimum length of 4 5 metres should be used which allow the filtering equipment to be placed on a flat solid surface more than 3 5 metres away from the pool This hose set is available as an optional kit from your vendor During the installation process if in doubt contact the seller of the equipment or an authorized technician Assembly Once the device is set in place proceed as follows Loading the sand AR 135 AR 135E AR 135L e Cover the mouth of the collector situated on the inside of the filter with a plastic protector to make sure sand doesn t get in fig 5 A e Place the inner collector properly on the bottom of the filter fig 6 e Put o
209. qu il jugerait opportun moins que cela soit impossible ou disproportionn 1 4 Lorsque le Produit ne pourra tre ni r par ni remplac l acheteur pourra demander une r duction proportionnelle du prix ou si le d faut de conformit est suffisamment important la r solution du contrat de vente 1 5 Les parties remplac es ou r par es en vertu de cette garantie n largiront pas le d lai de la garantie du Produit original celles ci tant cependant couvertes par leur propre garantie 1 6 Pour l effectivit amp de la pr sente garantie l acheteur devra justifier la date d acquisition et de remise du Produit 1 7 Quand plus de six mois se seront coul s depuis la remise du Produit l acheteur et que ce dernier all guera un d faut de conformit de ce Produit l acheteur devra justifier l origine et l existence du d faut all gu 1 8 Le pr sent Certificat de Garantie ne limite pas ni pr juge les droits correspondant aux consommateurs en vertu des normes nationales de nature imp rative 2 CONDITIONS PARTICULI RES 2 1 La pr sente garantie couvre les produits auxquels ce manuel fait r f rence 2 2 Le pr sent Certificat de Garantie ne sera applicable que dans les pays de l Union europ enne 2 3 En vue de l efficacit de cette garantie l acheteur devra suivre strictement les indications du Fabricant comprises dans la documentation qui est jointe au Produit quand celle ci sera applicable selon la gamme et le mod le du Pro
210. r accidental resetting is unlikely to occur if this could result in a hazard IEC 60335 1 A1 NOTE 3 For example this requirement precludes the location of reset buttons on the back of an appliance which could result in them being reset by pushing the appliance against a wall IEC 60335 1 A1 Reliable fixing of non detachable parts that provide the necessary degree of protection against electric shock moisture or contact with moving parts Obvious locked position of snap in devices used for fixing such parts Screws used N A No deterioration of the fixing properties of snap in devices used in parts that are likely to be removed during installation or servicing Tests as described Handles knobs etc fixed in a reliable manner Fixing in wrong position of handles knobs etc indicating position of switches or similar components not possible Axial force 15 N applied to parts the shape being so that an axial pull is unlikely to be Axial force 30 N applied to parts the shape being so that an axial pull is likely to be applied Unlikely that handles when gripped as in normal use make the operators hand touch parts having a temperature rise exceeding the value specified for handles which are held for short periods only No ragged or sharp edges creating a hazard for the user in normal use or during user maintenance TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 29 of 73 Report No E0852108 No expose
211. r referentiepunt Bewaar het resterende zand in de zak op een droge plaats e Verwijder de zandresten en haal het plastic beschermlaagje weg e Plaats de TOP wisselklep terug en breng de klemband of de sluiting terug aan volgens de afbeeldingen e Span de klemband pos 6 fig 4 die de klep aan de filter bevestigt goed aan Vullen met zand AR 140 AR 140E AR 140L e Dek het mondstuk van het reservoir in de filter af met een beschermend plastic om te voorkomen dat er zand binnendringt fig 5 B e Plaats het binnenste reservoir correct op de bodem van de filter fig 6 42 e Plaats het reservoir zo dat de ontluchtingsbuis van het reservoir pos B fig 7 samenvalt met het gaatje onderaan in de klep pos A fig 7 Via deze buis B kan de lucht in het reservoir worden verwijderd e Breng 85 kg zand in de filter fig 5 B het zand wordt geleverd in zakken van 25 kg e Het silex zand heeft een onbeperkte levensduur en dient enkel te worden aangevuld bij zandverlies Markeer het peil van het silex zand als verder referentiepunt e Verwijder de zandresten en haal het plastic beschermlaagje weg e Plaats de TOP wisselklep terug met de pakking en breng de klemband of de sluiting terug aan e Span de klemband die de klep aan de filter bevestigt goed aan pos 6 fig 4 Aansluiting slangen Bij de modellen AR 135 AR 135L AR 135E e Sluit met een klemring een uiteinde van de slang van 0 58 m pos 8 fig 14 aan op de schacht van de wisse
212. rain out without impairing electrical insulation unless water cannot accumulate within the enclosure in normal use IEC 60 The hole shall be at least 5 mm in diameter or 20 mm2 in area with a width of least 3 mm IEC 60 335 2 41 Adequate safeguards against the risk of excessive pressure in appliances provided with steam producing devices Electrical connections not subject to pulling during cleaning of compartments to which access can be gained without the aid of a tool and that are likely to be cleaned in normal use Insulation internal wiring windings commutators and slip rings not exposed to oil grease or similar substances Adequate insulating properties of oil or grease to which insulation is exposed It shall not be possible to reset voltage maintained non self resetting thermal cut outs by the operation of an automatic switching device incorporated within the appliance IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 28 of 73 Report No E0852108 NOTE 1 Voltage maintained controls will automatically reset if they become deenergized IEC 60335 1 A1 Non self resetting thermal motor protectors shall have a trip free action unless they are voltage maintained IEC 60335 1 A1 NOTE 2 Trip free is an automatic action that is independent of manipulation or position of the actuating member IEC 60335 1 A1 Reset buttons of non self resetting controls shall be located or protected so that thei
213. rav s de uma bracadeira e Ligue uma extremidade de uma das mangueiras de 4 5 m posic o 10 fig 14 ao macho da v lvula selectora marcada com posic o RETURN atrav s de uma bracadeira fig 14 e ligue a outra extremidade desta mangueira tubeira de retorno na piscina atrav s de uma bracadeira fig 3 e Ligue uma extremidade da outra mangueira de 4 5 m ao skimmer atrav s de uma bracadeira fig 3 NOTA Verifique se as mangueiras permitem a colocac o e fixac o do aparelho de filtrac o numa superf cie plana e s lida e a mais de 3 5 metros da piscina ver ponto 2 1 e Ligue a outra extremidade da mangueira posic o 10 fig 15 tampa de aspirac o atrav s de uma bracadeira Nos modelos AR 140 AR 140L AR 140E e Ligue uma extremidade da mangueira de 0 58 m posic o 8 fig 8 ao encaixe da entrada da v lvula selectora que ja vem montada na posic o PUMP apertando com uma bracadeira e ligue a outra extremidade ao macho de ligac o da parte superior do motor posic o 15 fig 9 e fig 15 que j vem montado atrav s de uma bracadeira e Coloque uma junta plana posi o 11 fig 8 no interior da ligac o de retorno RETURN da v lvula selectora e aperte um encaixe com forca posic o 12 fig 8 ligue uma extremidade de uma das mangueiras de 4 5 m posic o 10 fig 8 a este encaixe atrav s de uma bracadeira posic o 13 fig 8 e ligue a outra extremidade desta mangueira a tubeira de retorno atrav s de uma bracadeira fi
214. rcuited or open circuited Appliances adjustable for different voltages accidental changing of the setting of the voltage unlikely to occur Appliances are not allowed to have an enclosure that is shaped and decorated so that the appliance is likely to be treated as a toy by children 22 44 22 45 When air is used as reinforced insulation clearances not reduced below the values specified in 29 1 4 due to deformation as a result of an external force applied to the enclosure Software used in protective electronic circuits shall be software class B or software class C IEC 60335 1 A1 NOTE 1 Failure of software class B in the presence of another fault in the appliance or failure of software class C alone could result in dangerous malfunction electric shock fire mechanical or other hazards Software class A denotes software used for functional purposes IEC 60335 1 A1 Compliance is checked by evaluating the software in accordance with Annex R IEC 60335 1 A1 NOTE 2 ff the software program is modified the evaluation and relevant tests are repeated if the modification can influence the results of the test involving protective electronic circuits IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliances intended to be connected to the water mains shall withstand the water pressure expected in normal use IEC 60335 1 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 33 of 73 Report No E0852108 Compliance is checked by conne
215. re the heating conductor is unlikely to come in contact with accessible metal parts 22 25 Sagging heating conductors cannot come into contact with accessible metal parts TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 30 of 73 Report No E0852108 22 26 The insulation between parts operating at N A safety extra low voltage and other live parts complies with the requirements for double or reinforced insulation 22 27 Parts connected by protective impedance separated by double or reinforced insulation 22 28 Metal parts of Class Il appliances conductively connected to gas pipes or in contact with water separated from live parts by double or reinforced insulation 22 29 Class Il appliances permanently connected to fixed wiring so constructed that the required degree of access to live parts is maintained after installation 22 30 Parts serving as supplementary or reinforced insulation fixed so that they cannot be removed without being seriously damaged or so constructed that they cannot be replaced in an incorrect position and so that ifthey are omitted the appliance is rendered inoperable or manifestly incomplete Clearances and creepage distances over supplementary and reinforced insulation not reduced below values specified for supplementary insulation Creepage distances and clearances over supplementary or reinforced insulation not reduced to less than 50 of values specified in 29 if wires screws etc becomes loose S
216. ren e Vergewissern Sie sich dass der Boden trocken ist bevor Sie an der Elektrik hantieren e Platzieren Sie das Ger t nicht unter Wasser oder so dass es untergetaucht werden kann e Weder Kinder noch Erwachsene d rfen sich auf das Ger t st tzen oder sich daran anlehnen Kinder m ssen beaufsichtigt werden um sicher zu stellen dass Sie nicht mit dem Ger t spielen e Sollte das flexible Stromversorgungskabel besch digt sein muss es durch den Hersteller bzw durch dessen technischen Kundendienst ersetzt werden Kontaktieren Sie im Zweifelsfall den technischen Kundendienst e Das Ger t muss an einen 230 V 50 Hz Wechselstromanschlu mit Erdung angeschlossen werden Dieser muss durch ein Differential RCD mit nicht mehr als 30 mA gesichert sein e Es muss unbedingt ein Allpolschalter mit einem Mindestabstand von 3 mm zwischen den Kontakten verwendet werden um den Filter von der Stromversorgung trennen zu k nnen 1 VERPACKUNGSKOMPONENTEN Das Ger t das Sie soeben gekauft haben ist ein Apparat der speziell f r hohe Schwimmbecken konzipiert und entworfen wurde Innovativ im Design und mit gro er Funktionsf higkeit verf gen Sie ber die verschiedenen Bestandteile die zum Filtern des Wassers notwendig sind Filter Pumpe und Wechselventil in ein und demselben Ger t Die wichtigsten Bestandteile dieses Ger tes sind Pos Bezeichnung Modell Fig AR135 140 AR135L 140L AR135E 140E AR1350
217. rs of windings are considered to be bare conductors However clearances at crossover points are not measured IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliances having higher working voltage than rated voltage the voltage used for determining clearances from table 16 is the sum of the rated impulse voltage and the difference between the peak value of the working voltage and the peak value of the rated voltage If the secondary winding of a step down transformer is earthed or ifthere is an earthed screen between the primary and secondary windings clearances of basic insulation on the secondary side not less than those specified in table 16 but using the next lower step for rated impulse voltage Circuits supplied with a voltage lower than rated voltage clearances of functional insulation based on the working voltage used as the rated voltage in table 15 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 49 of 73 Report No E0852108 29 2 Creepage distances not less than those P appropriate for the working voltage taking into account the material group and the pollution degree Pollution degree 2 applies unless precautions taken to protect the insulation pollution degree 1 insulation subjected to conductive pollution pollution degree 3 Compliance is checked by inspection and measurements as specified Creepage distances of basic insulation not less than specified in table 17 For pollution degree 1 creepage distance not less than the mi
218. rse funzioni del filtro lavaggio della sabbia backwash ricircolo recirculate risciacquo rinse filtraggio filter svuotamento waste e chiusura closed Per cambiare la posizione della valvola procedere come segue e Scollegare l attrezzatura dalla presa della corrente e Premere con fermezza il comando superiore della valvola togliendo la nervatura anteriore dal suo alloggio fino a che ci permetta di girare su se stesso e Girare soavemente il comando fino ad allineare la nervatura anteriore con l alloggio della posizione desiderata e Lasciare il comando senza asprezza controllando che la nervatura anteriore sia ben incassata nel suo alloggio 5 FUNZIONAMENTO Il funzionamento di questa attrezzatura si basa sulla capacit di filtrare la sabbia di silex che c al suo interno L acqua della piscina riceve l impulso della pompa del filtro e viene forzata a passare attraverso la sabbia di silex cos che le impurit dell acqua vengano trattenute dalla sabbia che attua come elemento filtrante L ambiente gli alberi il polline gli insetti e la frequenza dei bagni sono tra gli altri i fattori che determinano la sporcizia dell acqua della piscina La sabbia di silex del filtro andr pulita con maggiore o minore frequenza in funzione dei suddetti fattori si veda l apparato 5 3 Per mantenere il buono stato dell acqua della piscina dobbiamo inoltre utilizzare i prodotti chimici consigliati dal fabbricante cloro antialghe
219. s o at ao fundo da piscina e Ligue a bomba e proceda ao esvaziamento da piscina Lembre se que com a ajuda do filtro a piscina nao se esvaziar totalmente quando restarem alguns cent metros de gua e a bomba j n o aspirar gua dever deslig la e Uma vez colocada em funcionamento a bomba para esvaziar a piscina nao interromper o processo at ao final para que n o acumule ar e Se quiser encher novamente a piscina de agua escoe a restante gua num desaguadouro sem danificar a piscina EVITE QUE A MANGUEIRA ASPIRE O FUNDO DO LINER DA PISCINA POIS PODERIA PREJUDICAR SERIAMENTE A BOMBA AO FUNCIONAR SEM CIRCULA O DE AGUA OU DANIFICAR O LINER POR SUCCAO 5 5 Limpeza do fundo da piscina Para a limpeza do fundo da piscina pode utilizar o aparelho com um dos seguintes acess rios Limpador de fundos Ri n AR 206 Limpador de fundos Oval AR 207 tamb m precisar de utilizar a mangueira de amp 38 mm AR210 e a vara AR 102 Consulte o estabelecimento ou o Servico P s venda do fabricante da piscina para a sua aquisic o Utilize sempre pecas de substituic o originais Um mangueira com um comprimento superior ao necess rio para chegar a todos os pontos da piscina dificulta a operac o Recorte o pedaco de mangueira que sobrar Assegure se que os terminais de borracha n o perdem a sua estanqueidade Purga da mangueira do limpador de fundos Introduza com cuidado o limpador de fundos no interior da piscina co
220. s Manometers Druckmesser OHNE MANOMETER 27 3 ELEKTROANSCHLUSS Bei der gesamten Installation elektrischer Komponenten m ssen folgende Normen befolgt werden Europ ische Richtlinie 2006 95 CE zu Niedrigspannungsger ten EN 60335 2 41 Sicherheit von elektrischen Haushaltsger ten und Gleichwertigem besondere Anforderungen an Pumpen Des Weiteren gelten jegliche andwendbaren Gesetze zur Konstruktion von Elektroinstallationen in besonderem Umfelt Schwimmbecken und Springbrunnen oder Gleichwertigem die in der jeweiligen Region oder dem jeweiligen Land vorliegen Das Ger t muss an einen 220 230 V 50 Hz Wechselstromanschlu mit Erdung angeschlossen werden Dieser muss durch ein Differential RCD mit nicht mehr als 30 mA gesichert sein nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten im Elektrohandel erh ltlich e Es muss unbedingt ein Allpolschalter mit einem Mindestabstand von 3 mm zwischen den Kontakten verwendet werden um den Filter von der Stromversorgung trennen zu k nnen nicht im Lieferumfang enhalten im Elektrohandel erh ltlich 4 OBERES WECHSELVENTIL ber das obere Wechelventil werden die sechs verschiedenen Funktionen des Filters gew hlt Reinigung des Sandes backwash Umkehr der Wasserflussrichtung recirculate Sp lung rinse Filterung filter Entleerung waste und Schlie en closed Um die Position des Ventils zu ndern gehen Sie wie folgt vor e Unterbrechen Sie die Stromzufuhr zum Ger
221. s during the test TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 16 of 73 Report No E0852108 Built in appliances installed according to the instructions N A Appliances placed or used on the floor or table placed on a horizontal unperforated support Appliances normally fixed to a wall and appliances with pins for insertion into socket outlets are mounted on a wooden board For IPX3 appliances the base of wall mounted appliances is placed at the same level as the pivot axis ofthe oscillating tube For IPX4 appliances the horizontal centre line of the appliance is aligned with the pivot axis of the oscillating tube However for appliances normally used on the floor or table the movement is limited to two times 90 for a period of 5 min the support being placed at the level of the pivot axis of the oscillating tube Wall mounted appliances take into account the distance to the floor stated in the instructions Appliances normally fixed to a ceiling are mounted underneath a horizontal unperforated support that is constructed to prevent water spraying onto its top surface The pivot axis of the oscillating tube is located at the same level as the underside of the support and aligned centrally with the appliance The spray is directed upwards IEC 60335 1 A1 For IPX4 appliances the movement of the tube is limited to two times 90 from the vertical for a period of 5 min IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliances with type X a
222. sa della perdita d acqua metta in contatto con il servizio assistenza del fabbricante della piscina 40 GEBRUIKSAANWIJZING MONOBLOC FILTER NEDERLANDS Lees deze handleiding alvorens de filter te installeren en volg de instructies zorgvuldig op tijdens de installatie en het gebruik Bewaar deze handleiding als verdere referentie omtrent de werking van dit toestel e De elektrische installatie dient de voldoen aan onderstaande richtlijnen De Europese richtlijn 2006 95 CE De norm EN 60335 2 41 veiligheid van huishoudelijke en soortgelijke toestellen bijzondere voorschriften voor pompen Alsook iedere andere toepasbare richtlijn omtrent de aanleg van elektrische installaties in bijzondere situaties zwembaden en fonteinen of soortgelijke van kracht in de regio of het land e De elektrische installatie dient te worden uitgevoerd door een bevoegd vakman in elektrische installaties Dit toestel is niet bestemd voor personen met een fysieke zintuiglijke of mentale invaliditeit of zonder ervaring tenzij er controle is of gebruiksinstructies werden opgegeven door een veiligheidsdeskundige e Het zand mag niet hoger reiken dan 2 3 van de hoogte van het reservoir e Stel het toestel niet in werking wanneer gebruik wordt gemaakt van het zwembad e Stel het toetel buiten werking wanneer het niet correct is ontlucht e Raak het toestel in werking NOOIT aan met een nat lichaam of vochtige handen e VERBREEK steeds de verbinding met de stroo
223. skimmer dalla parte esterna della parete della piscina allentando la staffa che la sostiene facendo attenzione per non danneggiare il liner e sostenendo la manichetta perch non perda acqua e sommergerla immediatamente nella piscina perch non abbia al suo interno aria in eccesso e Zavorrare all esterno questa manichetta con un oggetto pesante affinch non danneggi il liner per forzare la sua immersione fino al fondo della piscina e Accendere la pompa e procedere allo svuotamento della piscina Si ricordi che con l aiuto del filtro non si svuoter totalmente la piscina quando resteranno alcuni centimetri di acqua e la pompa non aspiri pi bisogner spegnerla e Una volta accesa la pompa per svuotare la piscina non interrompere il processo fino alla fine affinch non abbia al suo interno aria in eccesso e Se riempir nuovamente la piscina di acqua prima tolga attraverso lo scarico l acqua restante senza danneggiare la piscina EVITARE CHE LA MANICHETTA CONTINUI AD ASPIRARE IL FONDO DEL LINER DELLA PISCINA POTREBBE PREGIUDICARE SERIAMENTE LA POMPA FUNZIONANDO SENZA CIRCOLAZIONE DI ACQUA O DANNEGGIARE IL LINER A CAUSA DELL ASPIRAZIONE 5 5 Pulizia del fondo della piscina Per la pulizia del fondo della piscina pu utilizzare la pompa dell attrezzatura con uno dei seguenti accessori Pulisci fondi Rene AR 206 pulisci fondo Ovale AR 207 avr anche bisogno della manichetta da 938 mm AR 210 e della pertica A
224. skineri 2006 42 CE Direktiv for elektromagnetisk forenelighed 2004 108 CE og dets ndringer Direktiv for lavsp nding 2006 95 CE samt europ isk standard EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE DICHIARAZIONE DI CONFORMIT prodotti su elencati sono conformi al quanto segue Direttiva di Sicurezza della Macchine 2006 42 CE Direttiva di Compatibilit Elettromagnetica 2004 108 CE e relative modifiche Direttiva Bassa Tensione 2006 95 CE Norma europea EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE VAATIMUSTENMUKAISUUSVAKUUTUS Yll mainitut tuotteet t ytt v t EU n konedirektiivin 2006 42 CE s hk magneettisten laitteiden yhteensopivuusdirektiivin EMC 2004 108 CE ja siihen liittyv t muutokset pienj nnitedirektiivin 2006 95 CE sek eurooppalaiset standardit EN 60335 2 4 ROHS 20002 95CE DECLARA O DE CONFORMIDADE Os produtos da lista acima est o conformes as Directiva de seguran a de m quinas 2006 42 CE Directiva de compatibilidade electromagn tica 2004 108 CE e respectivas modifica es Directiva de Baixa Tens o 2006 95 CE Norma europeia EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE AHAQ2H ZYMBATOTHTAZ Ta Traparr vw TTPOI VTA Eiva c uqwva pe TNV OSny a Trep aopakeiag unxavnp twv 2006 42 CE Odny a eo nAEKTPOHAYVNTIKAS oun ar rntag 2004 108 CE kai o aAAay s TOUS Odny a Trep OUOKEUWV xaunA cg T ONS 2006 95 CE Kal TOV Eupwrro k Kavoviou ROHS 20002 95CE EN 60335 2 41 H
225. st paragraph of Clause 3 applies IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Determination of proof tracking index PTI IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Ea N A N A Intertek Page 62 of 73 Report No E0852108 The test is carried out on five specimens N A IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 In case of doubt additional test with proof voltage reduced by 25V the number of drops increased to 100 IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The report stating ifthe PTI value was based N A on a test using 100 drops with a test voltage of PTI 25 V IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 ANNEX INFORMATIVE SELECTION AND SEQUENCE OF THE TESTS OF CLAUSE 30 Description of tests for determination of P resistance to heat and fire ANNEX P INFORMATIVE GUIDANCE FOR THE APPLICATION OF THIS STANDARD TO APPLIANCES USED IN WARM DAMP EQUABLE CLIMATES IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Modifications may also be applied to class 1 appliances having a rated voltage exceeding 150V intended to be used in countries having a warm damp equable climate and that are marked WdaE if liable to be connected to a supply mains that excludes the protective earthing conductor IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 General conditions for the tests IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Modifications applicable for class 0 and 01 appliances having a rated voltage exceeding 150V intended to be used in countries having a warm damp equable climate and that are marked WDaE IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The ambient temperature for the tests of Cla
226. ste treatment costs The apparatus are labelled with a symbol of a crossed out waste container This symbol means that the apparatus is subject to selected waste collection different from general waste collection Our products are designed and manufactured with top quality environmental friendly materials and components which can be reused and recycled In spite of this several parts of this product are not biodegradable and therefore it should not be left in the environment For the correct recycling of this product please completely detach the electrical motor from the rest of the filtration equipment 63 Con objeto de reducir la cantidad de residuos de aparatos el ctricos y electr nicos la peligrosidad de los componentes fomentar la reutilizaci n de los aparatos la valorizaci n de sus residuos y determinar una gesti n adecuada tratando de mejorar la eficacia de la protecci n ambiental se establecen una serie de normas aplicables a la fabricaci n del producto y otras relativas a la correcta gesti n ambiental cuando se conviertan en residuo Asi mismo se pretende mejorar el comportamiento ambiental de todos los agentes que intervienen en el ciclo de vida de los aparatos el ctricos y electr nicos como son los productores los distribuidores los usuarios y en particular el de aquellos agentes directamente implicados en la gesti n de los residuos derivados de estos aparatos A partir del 13 Agosto de 2005 cuando usted quiera
227. su di una superficie piana e solida posta ad oltre 3 5 metri dalla piscina vedi apparato 2 1 e Collegare un estremit della manichetta da 4 5 m pos 10 fig 9 che dallo skimmer va a questa connessione tramite una staffa Montaggio del manometro SENZA MANOMETRO 3 CONNESSIONE ELETTRICA In tutto ci che si riferisce all installazione elettrica va seguita la normativa Direttiva Europea 2006 95 CE di apparati di bassa tensione EN 60335 2 41 sicurezza in apparati elettrodomestici e analoghi requisiti particolari per pompe Cos come tutta la normativa applicabile che faccia riferimento alla costruzione di installazioni elettriche in confini speciali Piscine e fontane o analoghe vigente in ogni zona o paese 35 L attrezzatura va collegata ad una presa di tensione da 230 V di corrente alterna e 50 Hz con una connessione a terra protetta con un interruttore differenziali RCD con una corrente di funzionamento residuale assegnata che non ecceda i 30 mA Non fornito Pu essere acquistato in uno stabilimento di apparati elettrici e imprescindibile utilizzare un dispositivo di disconnessione multipla con una separazione minima di 3 mm tra i contatti per sconnettere il filtro della alimentazione elettrica Non fornito Pu essere acquistato in uno stabilimento di apparati elettrici 4 VALVOLA SELETTRICE SUPERIORE La valvola selettrice superiore incaricata di selezionare le 6 dive
228. t um zu vermeiden dass das Wasser auf ihn trifft e Entfernen Sie den Absaugschlauch vom Ausgang des Skimmers an der Beckenwand indem Sie die Klammer die sie zusammenh lt vorsichtig lockern um den Liner nicht zu besch digen Halten Sie den Schlauch damit kein Wasser austritt und tauchen Sie ihn sofort in das Becken bevor er sich entleert e Beschweren Sie das Ende dieses Schlauches mit einem schweren Gegenstand der den Liner nicht besch digen kann um ihn bis zum Beckenboden absinken zu lassen e Schalten Sie das Ger t ein und beginnen Sie mit dem Entleeren des Schwimmbeckens Vergessen Sie nicht dass das Becken mit Hilfe des Filters nicht vollkommen entleert werden kann Sobald nur mehr einige Zentimeter Wasser vorhanden sind und die Pumpe nicht mehr saugt m ssen Sie das Ger t ausschalten e Sobald das Ger t zum Entleeren des Schwimmbeckens eingeschaltet wurde d rfen Sie den Vorgang bis zum Ende nicht mehr unterbrechen damit sich das Ger t nicht entleert e Falls sich das Becken erneut mit Wasser bef llt lassen Sie das restliche Wasser ber den Abluss ab ohne das Schwimmbecken zu besch digen DER SCHLAUCH DARF NICHT AM BODEN DES LINERS WEITERSAUGEN DA DIE PUMPE DURCH BETRIEB OHNE WASSERZIRKULATION SCHWER BESCHADIGT WERDEN ODER DER LINER DURCH DAS SAUGEN SCHADEN ERLEIDEN K NNTE 5 5 Reinigung des Beckenbodens Zur Reinigung des Schwimmbeckenbodens kann das Ger t mit einem der folgenden Zubeh rteile verwendet werden Bod
229. t noodzakelijk om een meerpolige schakelaar te gebruiken met een afstand van minstens 3 mm tussen de contacten om het toestel te kunnen loskoppelen van de elektrische voeding niet bijgeleverd verkrijgbaar in de speciaalzaak 4 BOVENSTE WISSELKLEP De bovenste wisselklep bedient de 6 verschillende functies van de filter reinigen zand backwash recirculeren recirculation spoelen rinse zuiveren filter ledigen waste en sluiten closed Volg onderstaande instructies op om de stand van de klep te wijzigen e Verbreek de verbinding met de stroom e Druk op de bovenste knop van de klep zodat het voorste lipje uit de behuizing komt en deze kan draaien e Draai voorzichtig aan de knop totdat het voorste lipje samenvalt met de behuizing van de gewenste functie e Laat de knop zachtjes los en controleer of het voorste lip goed in de buizing zit 5 WERKING De werking van dit toestel berust op de filtercapaciteit van het silex binnenin de filter Het zwembadwater wordt aangezogen door de filterpomp en sijpelt door het silex Dit zand werkt als een filter en de onzuiverheden blijven achter in het zand De omgeving de bomen het pollen de insecten en de frequentie van het zwembadgebruik bepalen o a de properheid van het zwembadwater Deze factoren bepalen hoe vaak het zand moet worden gereinigd zie hoofdstuk 5 3 Gebruik voor een goede waterkwaliteit de chemische producten aanbevolen door de fabrikant chloor anti algen vlokmiddel enz 1 H
230. t propre et vient d tre lav 20 e Si vous constatez que le manom tre se trouve en position O bar Comment amorcer le filtre e V rifier que le tuyau d aspiration est connect au skimmer et que la prise d eau est ouverte le bouchon n est pas mis e D brancher le filtre de la prise de courant e Avec la vanne en position de filtrage filter desserrer l g rement l crou de vidange se trouvant c t du manom tre pour faire sortir l air accumul l int rieur du filtre Si vous n avez pas install le manom tre positionnez la vanne sur WASTE e Lorsqu il ne sort plus que de l eau au bout d 1 ou 2 minutes refermer l crou de vidange e Brancher le filtre la prise de courant et v rifier que le bruit de chute d eau ne se fait plus entendre Dans le cas contraire r p ter l op ration 5 2 Filtrage NE MANIPULER EN AUCUN CAS LA VANNE LORSQUE LE MOTEUR EST EN MARCHE Avant le filtrage initial r aliser un lavage du sable paragraphe 5 3 La vanne doit tre en position de filtrage FILTER La dur e de vie utile du filtre est prolong e par des p riodes d utilisation continue n exc dant pas 4 h Vos besoins de filtrage quotidien sont d termin s par le volume d eau de votre piscine calcul s en m par rapport aux m h de d bit du filtre pour une temp rature approximative de l eau de 21 C et le filtre tant plac 3 5 m de votre piscine Laissez le moteur reposer au moins 2 heures entre deu
231. tage Directive 2006 95 CE and the European Standard EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE F RS KRAN OM VERENSST MMELSE Ovanst ende produkter ar i verensst mmelse med villkoren i maskindirektiv 2006 42 CE direktiv f r elektromagnetisk spanning 2004 108 CE och dess modifikationer lagspannigsdirektiv 2006 95 CE samt europeisk standard EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE KONFORMIT TSERKL RUNG Die oben angef hrten Produkte Sicherheitsbestimmungen der Maschinenrichtlinien 2006 42 CE der Richtlinie der elektromagnetischen Kompatibilit t 2004 108 CE und deren nderungen der Niederspannungs Richtlinien 2006 95 CE und der europ ischen Vorschrift EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE entsprechen den KONFORMITETSERKL RING Ovennevnte produkter oppfyller sikkerhetskravene i Direktiv for maskiner 2006 42 CE Direktiv for elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet 2004 108 CE med endringer Direktiv for lavspenningsapparater 2006 95 CE Europeisk standard EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE D CLARATION DE CONFORMIT Les produits num r s ci dessus sont conformes aux prescriptions de s curit de la Directive Machines 2006 42 CE de la Directive de compatibilit lectromagn tique 2004 108 CE et ses modifications de la Directive Appareils Basse Tension 2006 95 CE et la Norme Europ enne EN 60335 2 41 ROHS 20002 95CE OVERENSSTEMMELSESERKL RING Ovenst ende produkter opfylder bestemmelserne i Sikkerhedsdirektiv for ma
232. te appliances or switches Notappicable LLN For 17 2 4 4 the number of cycles is 10 000 unless otherwise specified in 24 1 3 of the relevant part 2 of IEC 60335 Switches for operation under no load and which can be operated only by a tool and switches operated by hand that are interlocked so that they cannot be operated under load are not subjected to the tests TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 58 of 73 Report No E0852108 Subclauses 17 2 2 and 17 2 5 2 not applicable N A IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The ambient temperature during the test is that occurring in the appliance during the test of Clause 11 in IEC 60335 1 IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Temperature rise of the terminals not more than 30 K above the temperature rise measured in clause 11 of IEC 60335 1 N o Clearances creepage distances solid insulation and coatings of rigid printed board assemblies This clause is applicable to clearances and creepage distances for functional insulation across full disconnection and micro disconnection as stated in table 24 ANNEX NORMATIVE MOTORS HAVING BASIC INSULATION THAT IS INADEQUATE FOR THE RATED VOLTAGE OF THE APPLIANCE The following modifications to this standard are applicable for motors having basic insulation that is inadequate for the rated voltage of the appliance Protection against access to live parts Metal parts of the motor are considered to be bare live parts 11 Heating
233. tended tested as specified in 30 2 3 1 and 30 2 3 2 Test not applicable to conditions as specified Parts of insulating material supporting connections carrying a current exceeding 0 2A during normal operation and parts of insulating material within a distance of 3mm having a glow wire flammability index of at least 850 C according to IEC 60695 2 12 parts of insulating material within a distance of subjected to glow wire test of IEC 60695 2 11 N A N A N A N A Test not carried out on material having a glow N A wire ignition temperature according to IEC 60695 2 13 as specified N A N A N A N A Glow wire test of IEC 60695 2 11 the temperature being 750 C for connections carrying a current exceeding 0 2A during normal operation If a flame persists longer than 2 s during the test parts above the connection as specified subjected to the needle flame test of annex E unless the material is classified as V 0 or V 1 according to IEC 60695 11 10 Base material of printed circuit boards subjected to needle flame test of annex E Test not applicable to conditions as specified RESISTANCE TO RUSTING sg Relevant ferrous parts adequately protected P against rusting TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 52 of 73 Report No E0852108 RADIATION TOXICITY AND SIMILAR HAZARDS Pod Appliance does not emit harmful radiation P Appliance does not present a toxic or similar
234. tentivement ce manuel avant d installer le filtre et suivez m ticuleusement les indications pendant son installation et son utilisation e Placer le filtre sur une surface plane et solide une distance minimum de 3 5 m tres de la piscine e L appareil doit tre branch sur une prise de courant de 230 V alternatif et de 50 Hz avec prise de terre prot g par un interrupteur diff rentiel RCD avec un Courant de fonctionnement r siduel assign qui n exc de pas 30mA Il est indispensable d utiliser un dispositif de sectionnement lectrique multiple avec une s paration minimum de 3mm entre les contacts afin de d connecter le filtre de l alimentation lectrique ACHTUNG e Lesen Sie diese Anleitung genau durch bevor Sie mit der Installation beginnen und folgen Sie sowohl w hrend der Montage als auch w hrend der Benutzung genau den Anweisungen e Der Filter muss auf einer ebenen und stabilen Unterfl che angebracht werden und zwar in einem Abstand von mindestens 3 5 Meter vom Schwimmbecken e Das Ger t muss an einen 230 V 50 Hz Wechselstromanschlu mit Erdung angeschlossen werden Dieser muss durch ein Differential RCD mit h chstens 30 mA gesichert sein e Es muss unbedingt ein Allpolschalter mit einem Mindestabstand von 3 mm zwischen den Kontakten verwendet werden um den Filter von der Stromversorgung rennen zu k nnen ATTENZIONE e Legga attentamente questo manuale prima di installare l attrezzatura e segua meticolosamente le
235. tertek Page 9 of 73 Report No E0852108 The instructions for installation shall give P full informations for installation of class pumps for operating in swimming pools as specified IEC 60 335 2 41 The installation instructions for class Ill pumps N A intended to be installed in zone 0 of a swimming pool shall state that the transformer is located outside zone1 IEC 60 335 2 41 The installation instructions for class Il pumps N A intended to be fixed in zone 1 of aswimming pool or fixed close to a garden pond or similar place shall state that the pump is to be located where flooding cannot occur IEC 60 335 2 41 7 12 2 Stationary appliances not fitted with means for disconnection from the supply mains having a contact separation in all poles that provide full disconnection under overvoltage category Ill the instructions state that means for disconnection must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with the wiring rules 7 12 3 Insulation of the fixed wiring in contact with parts exceeding 50 K during clause 11 instructions stating that the fixed wiring must be protected 7 12 4 Instructions for built in appliances dimensions of space dimensions and position of supporting means distances between parts and surrounding structure connection to supply mains and interconnection of separate components necessity to allow disconnection of the appliance from the supply after installat
236. the silica sand remains clean after the cleansing e Check that the pressure gauge is in the O bar position 5 How to prime the filter e Verify that the suction hose is connected to the skimmer and the passage is clear the plug is not in place e Disconnect the device from the power point e With the valve on the filter position slightly loosen the drain nut which is beside the pressure gauge so as the air accumulated inside the filter can leave Ifthere is no pressure gauge put the valve inthe WASTE position e When you see that only water is released after 1 to 2 minutes close the drain nut e Connect the device to the power point and check that the sound of falling water is no longer heard Otherwise repeat the operation 1 2 Filtration NEVER HANDLE THE VALVE WHILE THE MOTOR IS RUNNING Carry out a wash of the sand before the first filtration section 5 3 The valve should be on the filtration setting FILTER The service life of the device is longer if the periods of continuous operation are not longer than 4 hours The need for daily filtration is determined by the volume of water in m in the pool in ratio to the m hr flow rate for a water temperature of approximately 21 C and placed at 3 5 m from the pool Leave the motor to rest for at least 2 hours between each 4 hour period of usage Pool volume in m Filter flow rate in m h Hours required Example 2m _ 63 hours 2 Cycles of 4 hours with a break
237. ther objects 2 4 Risk reduction actions done The actions to reduce the risk have been of different kinds Design The device has been designed and tested according to the EN 60335 2 41 the 89 392 EC Directive of machines and other standards e Instruction manual General information to the user for the installation and the use The instruction manual is attached to the present document e Labels Some specific information and warnings are detailed in some labels which are placed over the product All the labels placed on the product are attached to the present document 2 5 Protection against risks The user must follow all the instructions and take care of all the warnings contained in the instruction manual warning labels and other informations that the manufacturer could include over the product or in the package The user cannot perform any maintenance or reparation to the device Any action involving opening the covers or dismantling parts which are not specifically advised in the instruction manual must be done by a technical service This warning is included in the instructions manual It is also specially advised in the instruction manual that the device cannot be touched with wet hands or any wet part of the body 2 6 Information and warnings All the information to reduce the risks to the persons or goods is included in the instruction manual and or in the labels on the device Any action which is not described in the i
238. throughput capacity min 116 166 Isolation class F Tested according to EN60335 2 41 A1 2004 The product meets the requirements of the German Equipment and Product Safety Act The Certification marks shown above can be affixed on the product The certification marks must not be altered in any way The use of the GS Mark is permitted until the listed date the use of the T V Mark is unlimited unless it is cancelled See also notes overleaf Test report no 71306627 GS Mark valid until 2012 02 13 Date 2007 04 04 Page 1 of 1 ZERTIFIKAT CERTIFICATE T V S D Product Service GmbH Zertifizierstelle Ridlerstrasse 65 80339 M nchen Germany Intertek Page 1 of 73 Report No E0852108 TEST REPORT IEC EN 60335 2 41 Safety of household and similar electrical appliances Part 2 Particular requirements for pumps Report Reference No E0852108 Tested by name signature Arianna Fogar Approved by name signature Marco De Mattia Date of ISSUE nen 23 December 2008 CB Testing Laboratory Intertek Italia s r l ele EE Via Principe di Udine 33030 Campoformido UD Italy Testing location address Same as above Applicant s name METALAST S A U Address nine Passeig Sanllely 25 08213 Polinya Barcelona SPAIN Test specification Standard nei EN 60335 2 41 2003 A1 2004 used in conj
239. tion TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 47 of 73 Report No E0852108 Thread cutting and space threaded screws N A may be used in connections providing earthing continuity provided unnecessary to disturb the connection and at least two screws are used for each connection Screws and nuts that make mechanical connection secured against loosening if they also make electrical connections or connections providing earthing continuity Rivets for electrical connections or connections providing earthing continuity secured against loosening if subjected to torsion 29 CLEARANCES CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND SOLID INSULATION Clearances creepage distances and solid insulation withstand electrical stress If coatings are used on printed circuit boards to protect the microenvironment Type A coating or to provide basic insulation Type B coating Annex J applies The microenvironment is pollution degree 1 under Type A coating There are no creepage distance or clearance requirements under Type B coating IEC 60335 1 A1 Clearances shall not be less than the values specified in Table 16 taking into account the rated impulse voltage for the overvoltage categories of Table 15 unless for basic insulation and functional insulation they comply with the impulse voltage test of Clause 14 However if the construction is such that the distances could be affected by wear by distortion by movement of the parts or during
240. titu do pelo fabricante ou pelo servi o t cnico 7 MANUTENC O Uma vez terminada a temporada de banhos dever se guardar o filtro num lugar seco e protegido das intemp ries Por esse motivo e ap s efectuar uma auto lavagem final para limpar a areia de s lex desmonte as mangueiras e esvazie totalmente a gua do filtro atrav s da tampa de esvaziamento do dep sito Uma vez escoada toda a gua do filtro limpe cuidadosamente os res duos de areia de s lex da rosca antes de colocar novamente a tampa j que a rosca poderia ficar inutilizada A tampa de esvaziamento do dep sito do filtro apenas deve ser usada nesta operac o MUITO IMPORTANTE antes de colocar o aparelho em funcionamento ap s um longo per odo sem actividade assegure se que o filtro est devidamente purgado Cuidados da bomba A bomba do aparelho est preparada para funcionar com uma manuten o m nima Alguns elementos fungicos ou submetidos a desgaste podem ter uma vida til inferior ao per odo de garantia do aparelho Para qualquer operac o de manutenc o contacte o fabricante da piscina ou o servico t cnico 7 2 Soluc o de avarias e servico t cnico Este filtro e as suas instrug es foram especialmente desenhados para uma utilizac o familiar sem necessidade de uma intervenc o profissional salvo em casos especiais Apresentamos abaixo os problemas e as causas que podem surgir com a passagem do tempo de vida til do filtro e que poder solucionar Em
241. tlets Applied torque not exceeding 0 25 Nm Pull force of 50N to each pin after the appliance has being placed in the heating cabinet when cooled to room temperature the pins are not displaced by more than 1mm Each pin subjected to a tork of 0 4Nm the pins are not rotating unless rotating does not impair compliance with the standard Appliance for heating liquids and appliance causing undue vibration not provided with pins for insertion into socket outlets No risk of electric shock when touching the pins of the plug TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 27 of 73 Report No E0852108 The appliance is supplied at rated voltage Any switch is then placed in the off position and the appliance is disconnected from the supply mains at the instant of voltage peak One second after disconnection the voltage between the pins of the plug is measured with an instrument that does not appreciably affect the value to be measured IEC 60335 1 A1 The voltage shall not exceed 34 V Electrical insulation not affected by condensing water or leaking liquid Compliance is checked by inspection and for pumps of class II by the test with removal seal of the pump shaft as specified IEC 60 335 2 41 Electrical insulation of Class Il appliances not affected in case of a hose rupture or seal leak Shower boost pumps having a separate enclosure shall have a drain hole in the enclosure positioned so that the water can d
242. to Coloque e fixe o aparelho sobre uma superf cie plana e s lida a uma dist ncia n o inferior a 3 5 metros da piscina segundo a norma de instalac o de aparelhos el ctricos em piscinas vigente em cada regi o ou pa s e a um n vel inferior ao nivel da agua da piscina fig 1 E conveniente que a superf cie seja plana e firme e que o aparelho fique preso de forma correcta e firme antes do funcionamento Deve ficar num lugar resguardado do sol da chuva e de poss veis pancadas Em caso de d vida durante o processo de instalac o contacte o vendedor do aparelho ou um servico t cnico autorizado Montagem Uma vez colocado o aparelho proceda do seguinte modo Carregamento da areia AR 135 AR 135E AR 135L e Tape a boca do colector situado no interior do filtro com um pl stico de protecc o para evitar a entrada de areia fig 5 A e Assente correctamente o colector interior no fundo do filtro fig 6 e Introduza no interior do filtro apenas 40 kg de areia fig 5 A A areia fornecida em sacos de 25 kg e areia de s lex tem uma durac o ilimitada Apenas deve ser reposta em caso de perda Anote a refer ncia do n vel de areia de s lex para futuras reposic es Para tal guarde a areia que sobra dentro do saco e em lugar seco e Elimine os restos de areia da boca do filtro e retire o pl stico de protecc o e Coloque a v lvula selectora TOP com a respectiva junta e coloque o anel ou fecho de acordo com os desenhos
243. to occur in normal use No breakdown when a voltage of 2000 V is applied for 15 min between the conductor and metal foil wrapped around the insulation TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Beads inside flexible metal conduits contained within an insulating sleeve Electrical connections and internal conductors N A movable relatively to each other not exposed to undue stress Flexible metallic tubes not causing damage to N A insulation of conductors N A N A Intertek Page 35 of 73 Report No E0852108 Sleeving used as supplementary insulation on N A internal wiring retained in position by positive means 23 7 The colour combination green yellow used only for earthing conductors Aluminium wires not used for internal wiring 23 9 No lead tin soldering of stranded conductors where they are subject to contact pressure unless clamping means so constructed that there is no risk of bad contact due to cold flow of the solder The insulation and sheath of internal wiring incorporated in external hoses for the connection of an appliance to the water mains shall be at least equivalent to that of light polyvinyl chloride sheathed flexible cord code designation 60227 IEC 52 IEC 60335 1 A1 NOTE The mechanical characteristics N A specified in IEC 60227 are not evaluated IEC 60335 1 A1 COMPONENTS ES Components comply with safety requirements in relevant IEC standards List of components see appended table Componen
244. toff 2 VOR DEM ANSCHLIESSEN DES FILTERS Lage Das Filter auf einer ebenen und festen Unterfl che anbringen und zwar in einem Abstand von mindestens 3 5 Meter vom Schwimmbecken folgend der Norm zur Installation von Elektroger ten in Schwimmbecken in der jeweiligen Region oder dem jeweiligen Land und auf der gleichen H he wie der Schwimmbeckenboden um zu vermeiden dass in den Reinigungskreislauf Luft eindringt und sich der Filter entleert Abb 2 Der Filter sollte vor Sonne und Regen gesch tzt und ausreichende Bel ftung vorhanden sein wenn er eingeschaltet ist Ber hren Sie das Ger t nie in eingeschaltetem Zustand Falls die Schl uche nicht mit dem Ger t geliefert werden m ssen Schl uche mit einer Mindestl nge von 4 5 Metern verwendet werden mit denen das Ger t auf einer ebenen und stabilen Fl che in mindestens 3 5 Metern Entfernung vom Becken angebracht werden kann Sollten w hrend des Installationsprozesses Zweifel auftauchen kontaktieren Sie den Verk ufer des Ger tes oder einen autorisierten Technikerdienst Montage Haben Sie das Ger t einmal platziert gehen Sie wie folgt vor Einf llen des Sandes AR 135 AR 135E AR 135L e Decken Sie die M ndung des Auffangs im Inneren des Filters mit einem St ck Schutzplastik ab um das Eindringen von Sand zu vermeiden Abb 5 A e Bringen Sie den inneren Auffangbeh lter ordnungsgem am Filterboden an Abb 6 e F llen Sie in das Innere des Filters erst
245. toyeur de fonds Ri n AR 206 Nettoyeur de fonds Oval AR 207 il vous faudra aussi un tuyau de 838 mm AR 210 et une perche AR 102 Consultez votre revendeur ou le Service Apr s vente du fabricant de la piscine N utilisez que des pi ces de rechange d origine Un tuyau plus long que la longueur n cessaire pour parvenir tous les points de la piscine complique la manipulation Il vaut mieux couper l exc dent Faites bien attention ce que les extr mit s de caoutchouc ne perdent pas leur tanch it Amor age du tuyau du nettoyeur de fond Introduire d licatement le nettoyeur de fonds avec la perche et le tuyau connect l int rieur de la piscine verticalement et en le laissant se remplir d eau tout en maintenant le reste du tuyau en dehors de l eau Introduire ensuite petit petit le tuyau dans l eau de 50 cm en 50 cm les segments introduits devant se remplir compl tement d eau au fur et mesure qu ils s enfoncent A la fin de l op ration tout le tuyau doit tre plong dans l eau et rempli Si le tuyau n est pas enti rement amorc le nettoyeur de fonds ne pourra pas aspirer et le purificateur pourrait s endommager en fonctionnant vide 22 Pour les mod les AR 135 AR 135L AR 140 AR 140L avec skimmer mural pour Piscines Dream Pool et Piscines Jet Pool e Introduire l int rieur du skimmer l accessoire bouchon d aspiration avec la prise vers le haut sans retirer le panier e
246. ts not tested and found to comply N A with relevant IEC standard for the number of cycles specified are tested in accordance with 24 1 1 to 24 1 6 Components not tested and found to comply with relevant IEC standard components not marked or not used in accordance with its marking tested under the conditions occurring in the appliance Motors are not required to comply with IEC 60034 1 IEC 60335 1 A1 Capacitors likely to be permanently subjected to the supply voltage and used for radio interference suppression or for voltage dividing complying with IEC 60384 14 or o tested according to annex F TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 36 of 73 Report No E0852108 24 1 2 Safety isolating transformers complying with N A IEC 61558 2 6 or tested according to annex G Switches complying with IEC 61058 1 the number of cycles of operation being at least 10 tested according to annex H Level switches are tested for 50 000 cycles of operation IEC 60 335 2 41 voltage maintained non self resetting thermal cut outs 1 000 10 000 Thermal motor protectors are tested in combination with their motor under the conditions specified in Annex D IEC 60335 1 A1 For water valves containing live parts and that are incorporated in external hoses for connection of an appliance to the water mains the degree of protection provided by enclosures against harmful ingress of water declared for subclaus
247. ttachment fitted with a flexible cord as described Detachable parts tested as specified IP X4 pumps are tested as specified IEC 60 335 2 41 IP X7 pumps submersible pumps are immersed for 24 h in water as specified IEC 60 335 2 41 1 5 times the pressure occurring at the maximum operation depth when this depth does not exceed 10m IEC 60 335 2 41 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 17 of 73 Report No E0852108 1 3 times the pressure occurring at the maximum operating depth or 15 m if this is higher IEC 60 335 2 41 A1 N A Spillage of liquid does not affect the electrical insulation Appliances with type X attachment fitted with a flexible cord as described Appliances incorporating an appliance inlet tested with or without an connector whichever is most unfavourable The appliance withstands the electric strength test of 16 3 No trace of water on insulation that can result in a reduction of clearances and creepage distances below values specified in clause 29 Detachable parts removed Overfilling test with additional amount of water over a period of 1 min l Appliances proof against humid conditions Humidity test for 48 h in a humidity cabinet not for submersible pumps IEC 60335 2 41 The appliance withstands the tests of clause 16 Leakage current not excessive and electric strength adequate Protective impedance disconnected from live parts before carr
248. tura e per la sua corretta installazione sono necessari i seguenti attrezzi Funzione Attrezzo Attrezzo alternativo Premere le briglie delle manichette Cacciavite stecker 7 mm Cacciavite bocca philips Ritagliare il liner Cutter taglierina Coltello Protezione del tubo del collettore Pezzo di plastica Pezzo di tela 2 ANTES DE CONECTAR EL FILTRO Situazione Collocare l attrezzatura su una superficie piana e solida a una distanza non inferiore di 3 5 metri dalla piscina secondo le norme di installazione delle apparecchiature elettriche in piscine vigente in ogni zona o paese e allo stesso livello del fondo della piscina per evitare che entri aria nel circuito di depurazione e il filtro si disinneschi fig 2 E conveniente proteggere l attrezzatura dal sole e dalla pioggia e mantenerlo con una ventilazione sufficiente durante il suo funzionamento Mai tappare l attrezzatura durante il suo funzionamento Nel caso in cui non vengano fornite le manichette con l attrezzatura bisogner utilizzare delle manichette la cui lunghezza minima sia di 4 5 metri che permettano all attrezzatura di filtraggio di funzionare su una superficie piano e solida posta ad oltre 3 5 metri dalla piscina Il suddetto servizio di manichette esiste come kit opzionale presso il suo venditore Durante il processo di installazione in caso di dubbio si metta in contatto con il venditore dell attrezzatura o con un servizio tecnico autorizzato
249. uipo esta por encima del nivel del Situar el equipo en una posici n no da caudal en la boquilla de retorno La tapa de aspiraci n o el tap n del Quitar la tapa de aspiraci n o el tap n skimmer est n puestos del skimmer _ Llenar la piscina y cebar el filtro ________ El filtro est descebado Proceder al cebado del filtro A causa de su uso el filtro est sucio Efectuar un autolavado El filtro est descebado Proceder al cebado del filtro La zona de uni n entre la v lvula y el Limpie la arena de la boca coloque Sale agua por la boca del equipo filtro est sucia correctamente la junta en la v lvula y El zuncho est flojo apriete fuertemente el zuncho Proceder al cambio de la tapa superior Junta interior da ada por uso de la v lvula La v lvula del filtro gotea por el incorrecto del producto qu mico No poner el producto qu mico en el terminal de desag e WASTE cesto prefiltro del skimmer ni en el filtro V lvula cabezal rota por uso incorrecto Cambiar v lvula cabezal no apretar apriete excesivo excesivamente Funcionamiento intermitente El equipo da poco caudal Verificar que hay corriente en la l nea el ctrica No arranca el motor No hace ning n ruido ni vibraci n No arranca el motor pero se oye un e Contacte con el servicio postventa del Falta corriente en la l nea el ctrica Analice la causa de la p rdida de Si pierde entre la bomba y el motor agua contacte con el servicio postventa del fabricante de
250. uld be connected to a voltage of 230 V alternating current and 50 Hz power point with connection to the earth protected by a residual current device RCD having a rated residual operating current not exceeding 30 mA Not included available for purchase in electrical shops It is essential that you use a multiple disconnection device with a space of at least 3 mm between surfaces to disconnect the equipment from the electrical supply Not included available for purchase in electrical shops 4 UPPER SELECTOR VALVE The upper selector valve on the filter is used to select the 6 different filter functions wash of the sand backwash recirculation rinse filtration waste and closed To change the settings on the valve proceed as follows e Disconnect the equipment from the current e Firmly press the upper selector valve displacing the front rib until you can turn it e Turn the control gently until the front rib is in line with the desired operation e Slowly release the control making sure that the front rib is sitting firmly in its place 5 OPERATION The operation of this equipment is based on the filtration capacity of the silica sand which is inside The water in the pool is driven by the device pump and forced to pass through the silica sand The sand acts as a filtering element which retains the impurities in the water The environment trees pollen insects and frequency of bathing as well as other factors determine the dirt
251. unction with EN 60335 1 2002 A1 2004 A11 2004 and EN 50366 2003 Test procedure CB CCA Non standard test method Test Report Form No IECEN60335 2 41B Test Report Form s Originator VDE Master TRF erena Dated 2005 09 Copyright O 2005 IEC System for Conformity Testing and Certification of Electrical Equipment IECEE Geneva Switzerland All rights reserved This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non commercial purposes as long as the IECEE is acknowledged as copyright owner and source of the material IECEE takes no responsibility for and will not assume liability for damages resulting from the reader s interpretation of the reproduced material due to its placement and context This report is for the exclusive use of Intertek s Client and is provided pursuant to the agreement between Intertek and its Client Intertek s responsibility and liability are limited to the terms and conditions of the agreement Intertek assumes no liability to any party other than to the Client in accordance with the agreement for any loss expense or damage occasioned by the use of this report Only the Client is authorized to permit copying or distribution of this report and then only in ts entirety Any use of the Intertek name or one of its marks for the sale or advertisement of the tested material product or service must first be approved in writing
252. ungsring ichtungsring 118x4mm 118x4mm 118x4mm 118x4mm T crou racordsunion Verbindungsschaub Vite manicotto Vite manicotto Porca cachimbo d uerca manguito S en i i ies Union nut Union ris macho uni n SMS Mach n Schlauchverbindun Pilone unione tubo Pilone unione tubo Macho uni o 25470G0102 38mm O ring 9 union tuyau 038mm 038mm mangueira Junta 938 mm junta g 038mm wi is 7 ve 54x2 5mm ones d38mm Joint Dichiunasrin Guarnizione t rique Guarnizione t rique t rica torique 54x2 5mm gsting 54x2 5mm 54x2 5mm 54x2 5mm 38mm 54x2 5mm 25470G0205 Bacap basket Cesto Panier Bacap Vorfilterkorb Bacap Cesto Bacap Cesto Bacap 59 MONOBLOC CON BOMBA COMPACT ao gt a o CO o 60 REFERENCIA DENOMINATION DENOMINACI N DESIGNATION BESCHREIBUNG DENOMINAZIONE OMSCHRIJVING DESCRI AO Conjunto Ensemble 09091R1000 Pressure gauge set manemeti manometre Tap n purga Bouchon de purge 19460R0003G Sand purgue nta plana Joint du Entl ftungsdeckel Tappo di spurgo Reinigingsplug Tap o purga sand pugue seal Juna pa couvecercle de Dichtung O ring spurgp Pakking Junta tamp o purga V anterior 2004 purge Tap n purga 4 Bouchon de purge 157800
253. upplementary and reinforced insulation designed or protected against deposition of dirt or dust Supplementary insulation of natural or synthetic rubber resistant to ageing or arranged and dimensioned so that creepage distances are not reduced below values specified in 29 2 Ceramic material not tightly sintered similar material or beads alone not used as supplementary or reinforced insulation Oxygen bomb test at 70 C for 96 hand 16 h at room temperature Conductive liquids that are or may become accessible in normal use are not in direct contact with live parts be Electrodes not used for heating liquids TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 31 of 73 Report No E0852108 For class Il constructions conductive liquids that are or may become accessible in normal use not in direct contact with basic or reinforced insulation For class Il constructions conductive liquids which are in contact with live parts not in direct contact with reinforced insulation Shafts of operating knobs handles levers etc not live unless the shaft is not accessible when the part is removed Handles levers and knobs held or actuated in normal use not becoming live in the event of an insulation fault Such parts being of metal and their shafts or fixings are likely to become live in the event of an insulation fault they are either adequately covered by insulation material or their accessible parts are separated from their shafts
254. urificateur pour la vider e Soulever le skimmer autoportant jusqu ce qu il pende sur la paroi ext rieure de la piscine pour viter que l eau n y p n tre e D connecter le tuyau d aspiration de la prise du skimmer par la paroi ext rieure de la piscine en desserrant avec pr caution la bride qui le fixe pour ne pas endommager le liner et tout en tenant bien le tuyau pour qu il ne perde pas d eau et le plonger imm diatement dans la piscine pour qu il ne se d samorce pas e Lester l extr mit de ce tuyau avec un objet lourd qui n endommagera pas le liner afin de le maintenir au fond de la piscine e Mettre la pompe en marche et vider la piscine N oubliez pas que le filtre ne permet pas de vider enti rement la piscine et que quand la pompe ne pourra plus aspirer d eau vous devrez l teindre e Lorsque la pompe est mise en marche pour vider la piscine ne pas interrompre le proc d avant la fin pour qu elle ne se d samorce pas e Si vous souhaitez remplir de nouveau la piscine d eau vous devrez d abord retirer par le trop plein l eau restante sans endommager la piscine IL FAUT VITER QUE LE TUYAU NE CONTINUE ASPIRER LE FOND DE LINER DE LA PISCINE CAR UN FONCTIONNEMENT SANS CIRCULATION D EAU POURRAIT ENDOMMAGER SERIEUSEMENT LA POMPE OU LE LINER PAR SUCCION 5 5 Nettoyage du fond de la piscine Pour nettoyer le fond de la piscine on peut se servir de la pompe du filtre l aide de l un des accessoires suivants Net
255. uses 11 and 13 is 40 IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The appliance marked with the letters WDaE IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The instructions state that the appliance is to be supplied through a RCD having a rated residual operating current not exceeding 30 mA IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 63 of 73 Report No E0852108 The instructions state that the appliance is N A considered to be suitable for use in countries having a warm damp equable climate but may also be used in other countries IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Heating IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The values of Table 3 are reduced by 15 K IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Leakage current and electric strength at operating temperature IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The leakage current for class appliances not exceeding 0 5 mA IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Moisture resistance IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 The value oftis 37 C IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Leakage current and electric strength IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 sl The leakage current for class appliances not N A exceeding 0 5 mA IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 Abnormal operation IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 19 13 The leakage current test of 16 2 is applied in addition to the electric strength test of 16 3 IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 ANNEX Q INFORMATIVE SEQUENCE OF TESTS FOR THE EVALUATION OF ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Description of tests for appliances incorporating electronic circuits IEC 60335 1 2001 A1 ANNEX R
256. uso Guarde este manual para futuras consultas sobre o funcionamento deste aparelho e No que se refere instala o el ctrica dever se seguir a norma Directiva Europeia 2006 95 CE de aparelhos de baixa tens o EN 60335 2 41 seguran a em aparelhos electrodom sticos e an logos requisitos particulares para bombas Assim como as normas aplic veis relativas constru o de instala es el ctricas em locais especiais Piscinas e fontes ou a normas an logas vigentes em cada regi o ou pa s e A instala o el ctrica deve ser realizada por profissionais qualificados em instala es el ctricas Este aparelho n o se destina a pessoas com capacidades f sicas sensoriais ou mentais reduzidas ou sem experi ncia salvo se tiverem tido supervis o ou instru es acerca da sua utiliza o por um respons vel de seguran a e altura da areia n o deve ultrapassar 2 3 da altura do dep sito e N o deixe o aparelho ligado quando estiver a utilizar a piscina e N o fa a o aparelho funcionar sem estar correctamente purgado e NUNCA toque no filtro em funcionamento com o corpo ou com as m os h midas e Quando tiver de manipular o filtro ou a v lvula DESLIGUE O da tomada e Assegure se de que o ch o est seco antes de tocar no equipamento el ctrico e N o deixe o aparelho mergulhado ou onde possa ficar mergulhado e N o permita que crian as ou adultos se apoiem ou sentem no aparelho As crian as devem ser m
257. ut Terminals for type X attachment so located or shielded that if a wire of a stranded conductor escapes no risk of accidental connection to other parts that result in a hazard Stranded conductor test 8 mm insulation removed No contact between live parts and accessible metal parts and for class Il constructions between live parts and metal parts separated from accessible metal parts by supplementary insulation only Terminals for type X attachment and for connection to fixed wiring suitable for connection of conductors with required cross sectional area according to table 13 rated current A nominal cross sectional area mm Terminals only suitable for a specially prepared cord Terminals for type X attachment accessible after removal of a cover or part of the enclosure Terminals for the connection to fixed wiring including the earthing terminal located close to each other TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 44 of 73 Report No E0852108 26 9 Terminals of the pillar type constructed and N A located as specified Terminals with screw clamping and screwless terminals not used for flat twin tinsel cords unless conductors ends fitted with a device suitable for screw terminals Pull test of 5 N to the connection Fortype Y and Z attachment soldered welded crimped and similar connections may be used For Class Il appliances the conductor so positioned or fixed that reliance is not placed on sol
258. val deze garantie van toepassing is al naar gelang de serie en het model van het Produkt moet de koper de aanwijzingen van de Fabrikant in de documenten die DU het Produkt bijgesloten zijn strikt opvolgen 2 4 Indien er een tijdsperiode vastgesteld wordt voor de vervanging het onderhoud of het reinigen van verschillende delen of onderdelen van het Produkt dan is de garantie alleen geldig in geval deze tijdsperiode strikt aangehouden is 3 BEPERKINGEN 3 1 De huidige garantie is uitsluitend geldig bij verkoop aan gebruikers waarbij onder gebruiker verstaan wordt een persoon die het Produkt aanschaft met een doel dat niet binnen het gebied van zijn professionele activiteiten valt 3 2 Er bestaat geen garantie in verband met normale slijtage bij gebruik van het Produkt Wat betreft de delen componenten en of vervangbare of verbruiksmaterialen zoals batterijen gloeilampen enz zal men zich moeten richten naar hetgeen in de documenten staat die het Produkt vergezellen 3 3 De garantie dekt niet de gevallen waarbij het Produkt i onderhevig is geweest aan ongepast gebruik ii gerepareerd onderhouden of gemanipuleerd is door een persoon die daarvoor geen toestemming heeft of iii gerepareerd of onderhouden is met niet oorspronkelijke onderdelen Indien het defekt van het Produkt het gevolg is van een incorrecte installering of ingebruikneming dan is deze garantie slechts van toepassing indien de installering of ingebruikneming in kwestie in het c
259. values of Is and Ir are given in Table 5 for various high voltage sources IEC 60335 1 A1 TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES Ed Appliances withstand the transient N A overvoltages to which they may be subjected Clearances having a value less than specified see appended table N A in table 16 subjected to an impulse voltage test the test voltage specified in table 6 No flashover during the test unless of functional insulation In case of flashover of functional insulation the appliance complies with clause 19 with the clearance short circuited MOISTURE RESISTANCE Enclosure provides the degree of moisture protection according to classification of the taking into account 15 1 2 followed by the electric strength test of 16 3 No trace of water on insulation which can result in a reduction of clearances and creepage distances below values specified in clause 29 Compliance checked as specified in 15 1 1 fei Appliances other than IPXO subjected to tests P as specified in IEC 60529 Water valves containing live parts and that are N A incorporated in external hoses for connection of an appliance to the water mains are subjected to the test specified for IPX7 appliances IEC 60335 1 A1 Shower boost pumps are subjected to the appropriate test of IEC 60529 both at rest and in operation while supplied at rated voltage IEC 60335 2 41 A1 Hand held appliance turned continuously through the most unfavourable position
260. verschillende factoren die aangeven wanneer het zand vuil is e bij een vermindering van het debiet in de retourleiding nadat werd gecontroleerd of de pomp goed ontlucht is e wanneer de manometer pos 1 op de monoblock een te hoge druk aangeeft wijzer tussen geel en rood of in het rode gebied Volg onderstaande stappen om het zand te reinigen e Verbreek de verbinding met de stroom Beweeg de wisselklep nooit wanneer de motor draait e Druk op de bovenste knop van de klep zodat het voorste lipje uit de behuizing komt en kan draaien e Draai de knop langzaam totdat het voorste lipje samenvalt met de functie reinigen backwash e Voor de modellen AR140 AR 140L en AR140E Sluit met een koppelstuk van 1 de slang met 38 mm x 1 5 m aan op de waterafvoer waste van de klep en richt het andere uiteinde van de slang naar een waterafvoer of riolering Bij de modellen AR135 AR135L en AR135E wordt de slang met G38mm x 1 5 m rechtstreeks aangesloten op de schacht van de waterafvoer aangeduid met WASTE e Schakel de filter ongeveer 2 min in tot er geen onzuiverheden meer meevloeien met het water Kijk hiervoor door het kijkvenster aan de zijkant e Schakel het toestel uit e Plaats de klep in de stand spoelen risne en laat de filter enkele seconden werken e Schakel het toestel uit kies de gewenste functie van de filter filter en verwijder eventueel de slang van de waterafvoer waste 5 4 Het zwembad ledigen Via dit toestel kan het zwe
261. viation mark Input deviation of at P rated W P measured Required dP Re W AR700 EEE TABLE Heating test thermocouples Test voltage V E Ambient C fi e E Thermocouple locations dT K Max dT K Sm Temperature rise of winding Insulation class AR700 TABLE Heating test resistance method Test voltage V u Ambient t C Ambient t C EE EE Temperature rise of winding Ri 0 Ro O dT K Max dT K Insulation class TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 66 of 73 Report No E0852108 Motor operated and combined appliances 1 06 x rated voltage Leakage current between Earthed metal parts and L Earthed metal parts and N 13 3 TABLE Electric strength Test voltage applied between Voltage V Breakdown Yes No Live parts and accessible metal parts 1000 TABLE Leakage current Single phase appliances 1 06 x rated voltage Three phase appliances 1 06 x rated voltage divided E Leakage current between Live parts and earthed metal parts TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 67 of 73 Report No E0852108 TABLE Electric strength Test voltage applied between Voltage V Breakdown Yes No Live parts and accessible metal parts 1250 19 7 E E E Temperature of STE AR700 ans E DG Do DE TABLE Components Object part No Manufacturer Type model Technical data Standard Mark s of
262. vouwen met het resterende water e Verwijder de panelen bij het model DREAM POOL of de buizen bij het model JET POOL 45 e Ontvouw het zwembaddoek om het resterende water te laten wegvloeien e Voer deze handelingen enkel uit om het zwembad te demonteren Bij het model AR 135E AR 140E met zelfdragende skimmer voor Magic Pool zwembaden Naast de ingebouwde waterafvoer kan het zwembad ook worden geledigd via het toestel e Til de zelfdragende skimmer op tot deze aan de buitenzijde van het zwembad hangt om te vermijden dat er water binnendringt e Koppel via de buitenzijde van het zwembad de aanzuigslang los van de skimmer door de slangklem voorzichtig los te draaien zonder hierbij het zwembaddoek te beschadigen Hou de slang zo vast dat er geen water wegstroomt en dompel deze onmiddellijk onder in het zwembad zodat er geen lucht binnendringt e Belast het uiteinde van de slang met een zwaar voorwerp dat het zwembad niet beschadigt zodat de slang naar de bodem van het zwembad zinkt e Schakel de pomp in en laat het zwembad leeglopen Denk eraan dat de filter het zwembad niet volledig ledigt Wanneer er nog maar enkele cm rest en de pomp niet meer zuigt moet het toestel worden uitgeschakeld e Eenmaal het toestel het zwembad ledigt mag het proces niet worden onderbroken om te voorkomen dat er lucht binnendringt e Indien het zwembad opnieuw wordt gevuld verwijder dan eerst via de waterafvoer het resterende water zonder hierbij het zwembaddoek te
263. water IEC 60 335 2 41 the pump must supplied through a residual current device RCD with a rated residual operating current lt 30 mA IEC 60 335 2 41 The instructions for use for pumps marked with a temperature exceeding 35 C shall state the maximum period of operation and the minimum rest period unless the pump is intended for continuous operation at this temperature IEC 60 335 2 41 7 12 1 Sufficient details for installation supplied The installation instruction shall provide information on requirements specified for the electrical installation and shall include reference to national wiring rules If reference is made to zones the corresponding shall be included The installation instruction shall state the substance of the following IEC 60 335 2 41 pollution of the liquid could occur due to leakage of lubricants for submersible pumps and vertical wet pit pumps contaiming lubricants IEC 60 335 2 41 Additional information for installation of stationary pumps having a three phase motor not incorporating a protective device as specified IEC 60 335 2 41 the maximum total head in meters for pumps having a rated power input gt 50W IEC 60 335 2 41 The instructions for installation shall state P that pumps for outdoor fountains garden ponds and similar places have to be supplied through a RCD operating current lt 30 mA IEC 60 335 2 41 TRF No IECEN60335 2 41B In
264. with a motor winding does not exceed 1 1 times rated voltage when the appliance is supplied at 1 1 times rated voltage under minimum load Working voltage of motors connected to the supply mains and having basic insulation that is inadequate for the rated voltage of the appliance not exceeding 42V In addition the motors are complying with the requirements of Annex Hose sets for the connection of appliances to the water mains shall comply with IEC 61770 They shall be supplied with the appliance IEC 60335 1 A1 25 SUPPLY CONNECTION AND EXTERNAL FLEXIBLE CORDS Submersible pumps other than class Ill shall be provided with a supply cord fitted with a plug IEC 60335 2 41 Appliance not provided with more than one means of connection to the supply mains TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 38 of 73 Report No E0852108 Stationary appliance for multiple supply may be provided with more than one means of connection provided electric strength test of 1250 V for 1 min between each means of connection causes no breakdown Submersible pumps other than class Ill shall be provided with a flexible cord IEC 60335 2 41 N A Cable and conduit entries rated current of appliance not exceeding 16 A dimensions according to table 10 Introduction of conduit or cable does not reduce clearances or creepage distances below values specified in 29 type X attachment is not allowed for submersible pumps
265. x p riodes de fonctionnement de 4 heures chacune Volume piscine en m Heures D bit filtre en m h n cessaires Exemple 42 m 2 cycles de 4 heures avec un cycle 5 5 m h EES interm diaire de 2 heures de repos Il faut respecter les p riodes de temps de repos indiqu es lors du traitement initial de filtrage Il est recommand d augmenter la dur e de filtrage au fur et mesure qu augmente la temp rature de l eau de votre piscine 5 3 Lavage du sable Le proc d de lavage consiste nettoyer le sable de silex se trouvant l int rieur du filtre Ce proc d doit avoir lieu r guli rement Il faut donc faire bien attention aux diff rents facteurs indiquant que l eau est sale e Lorsque l on d tecte que le d bit de retour de l eau est plus faible apr s avoir v rifi que la pompe tait bien amorc e e Lorsque le manom tre pos 1 de la d coupe du monobloc indique un exc s de pression l aiguille se trouvant entre le jaune et le rouge ou sur le rouge Pour le lavage du sable il convient de proc der comme suit e D brancher l appareil de la prise de courant Ne jamais d placer la vanne de s lection lorsque le moteur est en marche e Appuyer fortement sur le levier de la vanne afin de d bloquer la nervure avant de son logement jusqu ce qu il soit possible de le faire tourner sur lui m me e Faire tourner doucement le levier et aligner la nervure avant sur le logement de l op ration de lavage
266. xceeding the values see appended table shown in table 9 Enclosures not deformed to such an extent that compliance with cl 8 is impaired If the appliance can still be operated it complies with 20 2 The appliance shall not undergo a dangerous malfunction and there shall be no failure of protective electronic circuits if the appliance is still operable IEC 60335 1 A1 Appliances tested with an electronic switch in the off position or in the stand by mode shall not become operational IEC 60335 1 A1 Insulation other than of class III appliance withstand the electric strength test of 16 3 the test voltage specified in table 4 basic insulation supplementary insulation reinforced insulation 19 101 The pump is supplied at rated voltage and operated at approximately half at the maximum total head for 5 min IEC 60335 2 41 After which the inlet is removed from the liquid and the operation continued for 7h IEC 60335 2 41 Pumps are operated again for 5 min at approximately half the maximum total head IEC 60335 2 41 If the pump becomes inoperable during the test it is disconnected from the supply and filled with water IEC 60335 2 41 19 102 Pumps marked with a maximum period of operation are supplied at rated voltage and operated under normal operation until steady conditions are established IEC 60335 2 41 TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Intertek Page 24 of 73 Report No E0852108
267. ying out the tests Single phase appliances test voltage 1 06 times rated voltage Three phase appliances test voltage 1 06 times rated voltage divided by V3 Leakage current measurements Electric strength tests according to table 7 No breakdown during the tests see appended table see appended table TRE No IECEN60335 2 41B Page 18 of 73 Report No E0852108 OVERLOAD PROTECTION OF TRANSFORMERS AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITS No excessive temperatures in transformer or associated circuits in event of short circuits likely to occur in normal use see appended table Appliance supplied with 1 06 or 0 94 times rated voltage and the most unfavourable short circuit or overload likely to occur in normal use Temperature rise of insulation of the conductors of safety extra low voltage circuits not exceeding the relevant value specified in table 3 by more than 15 K Temperature of the winding not exceeding the value specified in table 8 however limits do not apply to fail safe transformers complying with sub clause 15 5 of IEC 61558 1 ENDURANCE Requirements and tests are specified in part 2 when necessary ABNORMAL OPERATION The risk of fire or mechanical damage under abnormal or careless operation obviated Electronic circuits so designed and applied that a fault will not render the appliance unsafe Pumps are also subjected to the tests of 19 101 and 19 102 IEC 60335 2 41 Test of appl

product verification file annex: instruction manuals

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents